Annotation of gcc/loop.c, revision 1.1.1.4

1.1       root        1: /* Move constant computations out of loops.
1.1.1.4 ! root        2:    Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1.1       root        3: 
                      4: This file is part of GNU CC.
                      5: 
                      6: GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      7: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      8: the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
                      9: any later version.
                     10: 
                     11: GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                     12: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                     13: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                     14: GNU General Public License for more details.
                     15: 
                     16: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                     17: along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
                     18: the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
                     19: 
                     20: 
                     21: /* This is the loop optimization pass of the compiler.
                     22:    It finds invariant computations within loops and moves them
                     23:    to the beginning of the loop.  Then it identifies basic and 
                     24:    general induction variables.  Strength reduction is applied to the general
                     25:    induction variables, and induction variable elimination is applied to
                     26:    the basic induction variables.
                     27: 
                     28:    It also finds cases where
                     29:    a register is set within the loop by zero-extending a narrower value
                     30:    and changes these to zero the entire register once before the loop
                     31:    and merely copy the low part within the loop.
                     32: 
                     33:    Most of the complexity is in heuristics to decide when it is worth
                     34:    while to do these things.  */
                     35: 
1.1.1.4 ! root       36: #include <stdio.h>
1.1       root       37: #include "config.h"
                     38: #include "rtl.h"
                     39: #include "obstack.h"
                     40: #include "expr.h"
                     41: #include "insn-config.h"
                     42: #include "insn-flags.h"
                     43: #include "regs.h"
                     44: #include "hard-reg-set.h"
                     45: #include "recog.h"
                     46: #include "flags.h"
                     47: #include "real.h"
                     48: #include "loop.h"
                     49: 
                     50: /* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to luids.
1.1.1.2   root       51:    The luids are like uids but increase monotonically always.
1.1       root       52:    We use them to see whether a jump comes from outside a given loop.  */
                     53: 
                     54: int *uid_luid;
                     55: 
                     56: /* Indexed by INSN_UID, contains the ordinal giving the (innermost) loop
                     57:    number the insn is contained in.  */
                     58: 
                     59: int *uid_loop_num;
                     60: 
                     61: /* 1 + largest uid of any insn.  */
                     62: 
                     63: int max_uid_for_loop;
                     64: 
                     65: /* 1 + luid of last insn.  */
                     66: 
                     67: static int max_luid;
                     68: 
                     69: /* Number of loops detected in current function.  Used as index to the
                     70:    next few tables.  */
                     71: 
                     72: static int max_loop_num;
                     73: 
                     74: /* Indexed by loop number, contains the first and last insn of each loop.  */
                     75: 
                     76: static rtx *loop_number_loop_starts, *loop_number_loop_ends;
                     77: 
                     78: /* For each loop, gives the containing loop number, -1 if none.  */
                     79: 
                     80: int *loop_outer_loop;
                     81: 
                     82: /* Indexed by loop number, contains a nonzero value if the "loop" isn't
                     83:    really a loop (an insn outside the loop branches into it).  */
                     84: 
                     85: static char *loop_invalid;
                     86: 
                     87: /* Indexed by loop number, links together all LABEL_REFs which refer to
                     88:    code labels outside the loop.  Used by routines that need to know all
                     89:    loop exits, such as final_biv_value and final_giv_value.
                     90: 
                     91:    This does not include loop exits due to return instructions.  This is
                     92:    because all bivs and givs are pseudos, and hence must be dead after a
                     93:    return, so the presense of a return does not affect any of the
                     94:    optimizations that use this info.  It is simpler to just not include return
                     95:    instructions on this list.  */
                     96: 
                     97: rtx *loop_number_exit_labels;
                     98: 
                     99: /* Holds the number of loop iterations.  It is zero if the number could not be
1.1.1.4 ! root      100:    calculated.  Must be unsigned since the number of iterations can
        !           101:    be as high as 2^wordsize-1.  For loops with a wider iterator, this number
        !           102:    will will be zero if the number of loop iterations is too large for an
        !           103:    unsigned integer to hold.  */
1.1       root      104: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      105: unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT loop_n_iterations;
1.1       root      106: 
                    107: /* Nonzero if there is a subroutine call in the current loop.
                    108:    (unknown_address_altered is also nonzero in this case.)  */
                    109: 
                    110: static int loop_has_call;
                    111: 
1.1.1.3   root      112: /* Nonzero if there is a volatile memory reference in the current
                    113:    loop.  */
                    114: 
                    115: static int loop_has_volatile;
                    116: 
1.1       root      117: /* Added loop_continue which is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT of the
                    118:    current loop.  A continue statement will generate a branch to
                    119:    NEXT_INSN (loop_continue).  */
                    120: 
                    121: static rtx loop_continue;
                    122: 
                    123: /* Indexed by register number, contains the number of times the reg
                    124:    is set during the loop being scanned.
                    125:    During code motion, a negative value indicates a reg that has been
                    126:    made a candidate; in particular -2 means that it is an candidate that
1.1.1.3   root      127:    we know is equal to a constant and -1 means that it is an candidate
1.1       root      128:    not known equal to a constant.
                    129:    After code motion, regs moved have 0 (which is accurate now)
                    130:    while the failed candidates have the original number of times set.
                    131: 
                    132:    Therefore, at all times, == 0 indicates an invariant register;
                    133:    < 0 a conditionally invariant one.  */
                    134: 
                    135: static short *n_times_set;
                    136: 
                    137: /* Original value of n_times_set; same except that this value
                    138:    is not set negative for a reg whose sets have been made candidates
                    139:    and not set to 0 for a reg that is moved.  */
                    140: 
                    141: static short *n_times_used;
                    142: 
                    143: /* Index by register number, 1 indicates that the register
                    144:    cannot be moved or strength reduced.  */
                    145: 
                    146: static char *may_not_optimize;
                    147: 
                    148: /* Nonzero means reg N has already been moved out of one loop.
                    149:    This reduces the desire to move it out of another.  */
                    150: 
                    151: static char *moved_once;
                    152: 
                    153: /* Array of MEMs that are stored in this loop. If there are too many to fit
                    154:    here, we just turn on unknown_address_altered.  */
                    155: 
                    156: #define NUM_STORES 20
                    157: static rtx loop_store_mems[NUM_STORES];
                    158: 
                    159: /* Index of first available slot in above array.  */
                    160: static int loop_store_mems_idx;
                    161: 
                    162: /* Nonzero if we don't know what MEMs were changed in the current loop.
1.1.1.3   root      163:    This happens if the loop contains a call (in which case `loop_has_call'
1.1       root      164:    will also be set) or if we store into more than NUM_STORES MEMs.  */
                    165: 
                    166: static int unknown_address_altered;
                    167: 
                    168: /* Count of movable (i.e. invariant) instructions discovered in the loop.  */
                    169: static int num_movables;
                    170: 
                    171: /* Count of memory write instructions discovered in the loop.  */
                    172: static int num_mem_sets;
                    173: 
                    174: /* Number of loops contained within the current one, including itself.  */
                    175: static int loops_enclosed;
                    176: 
                    177: /* Bound on pseudo register number before loop optimization.
                    178:    A pseudo has valid regscan info if its number is < max_reg_before_loop.  */
                    179: int max_reg_before_loop;
                    180: 
                    181: /* This obstack is used in product_cheap_p to allocate its rtl.  It
                    182:    may call gen_reg_rtx which, in turn, may reallocate regno_reg_rtx.
                    183:    If we used the same obstack that it did, we would be deallocating
                    184:    that array.  */
                    185: 
                    186: static struct obstack temp_obstack;
                    187: 
                    188: /* This is where the pointer to the obstack being used for RTL is stored.  */
                    189: 
                    190: extern struct obstack *rtl_obstack;
                    191: 
                    192: #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
                    193: #define obstack_chunk_free free
                    194: 
                    195: extern char *oballoc ();
                    196: 
                    197: /* During the analysis of a loop, a chain of `struct movable's
                    198:    is made to record all the movable insns found.
                    199:    Then the entire chain can be scanned to decide which to move.  */
                    200: 
                    201: struct movable
                    202: {
                    203:   rtx insn;                    /* A movable insn */
                    204:   rtx set_src;                 /* The expression this reg is set from. */
                    205:   rtx set_dest;                        /* The destination of this SET. */
                    206:   rtx dependencies;            /* When INSN is libcall, this is an EXPR_LIST
                    207:                                   of any registers used within the LIBCALL. */
                    208:   int consec;                  /* Number of consecutive following insns 
                    209:                                   that must be moved with this one.  */
                    210:   int regno;                   /* The register it sets */
                    211:   short lifetime;              /* lifetime of that register;
                    212:                                   may be adjusted when matching movables
                    213:                                   that load the same value are found.  */
                    214:   short savings;               /* Number of insns we can move for this reg,
                    215:                                   including other movables that force this
                    216:                                   or match this one.  */
                    217:   unsigned int cond : 1;       /* 1 if only conditionally movable */
                    218:   unsigned int force : 1;      /* 1 means MUST move this insn */
                    219:   unsigned int global : 1;     /* 1 means reg is live outside this loop */
                    220:                /* If PARTIAL is 1, GLOBAL means something different:
                    221:                   that the reg is live outside the range from where it is set
                    222:                   to the following label.  */
                    223:   unsigned int done : 1;       /* 1 inhibits further processing of this */
                    224:   
                    225:   unsigned int partial : 1;    /* 1 means this reg is used for zero-extending.
                    226:                                   In particular, moving it does not make it
                    227:                                   invariant.  */
                    228:   unsigned int move_insn : 1;  /* 1 means that we call emit_move_insn to
                    229:                                   load SRC, rather than copying INSN.  */
                    230:   unsigned int is_equiv : 1;   /* 1 means a REG_EQUIV is present on INSN. */
                    231:   enum machine_mode savemode;   /* Nonzero means it is a mode for a low part
                    232:                                   that we should avoid changing when clearing
                    233:                                   the rest of the reg.  */
                    234:   struct movable *match;       /* First entry for same value */
                    235:   struct movable *forces;      /* An insn that must be moved if this is */
                    236:   struct movable *next;
                    237: };
                    238: 
                    239: FILE *loop_dump_stream;
                    240: 
                    241: /* Forward declarations.  */
                    242: 
                    243: static void find_and_verify_loops ();
                    244: static void mark_loop_jump ();
                    245: static void prescan_loop ();
                    246: static int reg_in_basic_block_p ();
                    247: static int consec_sets_invariant_p ();
                    248: static rtx libcall_other_reg ();
                    249: static int labels_in_range_p ();
                    250: static void count_loop_regs_set ();
                    251: static void note_addr_stored ();
                    252: static int loop_reg_used_before_p ();
                    253: static void scan_loop ();
                    254: static void replace_call_address ();
                    255: static rtx skip_consec_insns ();
                    256: static int libcall_benefit ();
                    257: static void ignore_some_movables ();
                    258: static void force_movables ();
                    259: static void combine_movables ();
                    260: static int rtx_equal_for_loop_p ();
                    261: static void move_movables ();
                    262: static void strength_reduce ();
                    263: static int valid_initial_value_p ();
                    264: static void find_mem_givs ();
                    265: static void record_biv ();
                    266: static void check_final_value ();
                    267: static void record_giv ();
                    268: static void update_giv_derive ();
                    269: static void delete_insn_forces ();
                    270: static int basic_induction_var ();
                    271: static rtx simplify_giv_expr ();
                    272: static int general_induction_var ();
                    273: static int consec_sets_giv ();
                    274: static int check_dbra_loop ();
                    275: static rtx express_from ();
                    276: static int combine_givs_p ();
                    277: static void combine_givs ();
                    278: static int product_cheap_p ();
                    279: static int maybe_eliminate_biv ();
                    280: static int maybe_eliminate_biv_1 ();
                    281: static int last_use_this_basic_block ();
                    282: static void record_initial ();
                    283: static void update_reg_last_use ();
                    284: 
                    285: /* Relative gain of eliminating various kinds of operations.  */
                    286: int add_cost;
                    287: #if 0
                    288: int shift_cost;
                    289: int mult_cost;
                    290: #endif
                    291: 
                    292: /* Benefit penalty, if a giv is not replaceable, i.e. must emit an insn to
                    293:    copy the value of the strength reduced giv to its original register.  */
                    294: int copy_cost;
                    295: 
                    296: void
                    297: init_loop ()
                    298: {
                    299:   char *free_point = (char *) oballoc (1);
1.1.1.4 ! root      300:   rtx reg = gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, 0);
        !           301:   rtx pow2 = GEN_INT (32);
1.1       root      302:   rtx lea;
                    303:   int i;
                    304: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      305:   add_cost = rtx_cost (gen_rtx (PLUS, word_mode, reg, reg), SET);
1.1       root      306: 
                    307:   /* We multiply by 2 to reconcile the difference in scale between
                    308:      these two ways of computing costs.  Otherwise the cost of a copy
                    309:      will be far less than the cost of an add.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root      310: 
1.1       root      311:   copy_cost = 2 * 2;
                    312: 
                    313:   /* Free the objects we just allocated.  */
                    314:   obfree (free_point);
                    315: 
                    316:   /* Initialize the obstack used for rtl in product_cheap_p.  */
                    317:   gcc_obstack_init (&temp_obstack);
                    318: }
                    319: 
                    320: /* Entry point of this file.  Perform loop optimization
                    321:    on the current function.  F is the first insn of the function
                    322:    and DUMPFILE is a stream for output of a trace of actions taken
                    323:    (or 0 if none should be output).  */
                    324: 
                    325: void
                    326: loop_optimize (f, dumpfile)
                    327:      /* f is the first instruction of a chain of insns for one function */
                    328:      rtx f;
                    329:      FILE *dumpfile;
                    330: {
                    331:   register rtx insn;
                    332:   register int i;
                    333:   rtx end;
                    334:   rtx last_insn;
                    335: 
                    336:   loop_dump_stream = dumpfile;
                    337: 
                    338:   init_recog_no_volatile ();
                    339:   init_alias_analysis ();
                    340: 
                    341:   max_reg_before_loop = max_reg_num ();
                    342: 
                    343:   moved_once = (char *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop);
                    344:   bzero (moved_once, max_reg_before_loop);
                    345: 
                    346:   regs_may_share = 0;
                    347: 
                    348:   /* Count the number of loops. */
                    349: 
                    350:   max_loop_num = 0;
                    351:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    352:     {
                    353:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
                    354:          && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                    355:        max_loop_num++;
                    356:     }
                    357: 
                    358:   /* Don't waste time if no loops.  */
                    359:   if (max_loop_num == 0)
                    360:     return;
                    361: 
                    362:   /* Get size to use for tables indexed by uids.
                    363:      Leave some space for labels allocated by find_and_verify_loops.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root      364:   max_uid_for_loop = get_max_uid () + 1 + max_loop_num * 32;
1.1       root      365: 
                    366:   uid_luid = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    367:   uid_loop_num = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    368: 
                    369:   bzero (uid_luid, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    370:   bzero (uid_loop_num, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    371: 
                    372:   /* Allocate tables for recording each loop.  We set each entry, so they need
                    373:      not be zeroed.  */
                    374:   loop_number_loop_starts = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    375:   loop_number_loop_ends = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    376:   loop_outer_loop = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
                    377:   loop_invalid = (char *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (char));
                    378:   loop_number_exit_labels = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    379: 
                    380:   /* Find and process each loop.
                    381:      First, find them, and record them in order of their beginnings.  */
                    382:   find_and_verify_loops (f);
                    383: 
                    384:   /* Now find all register lifetimes.  This must be done after
                    385:      find_and_verify_loops, because it might reorder the insns in the
                    386:      function.  */
                    387:   reg_scan (f, max_reg_num (), 1);
                    388: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      389:   /* See if we went too far.  */
        !           390:   if (get_max_uid () > max_uid_for_loop)
        !           391:     abort ();
        !           392: 
1.1       root      393:   /* Compute the mapping from uids to luids.
                    394:      LUIDs are numbers assigned to insns, like uids,
                    395:      except that luids increase monotonically through the code.
                    396:      Don't assign luids to line-number NOTEs, so that the distance in luids
                    397:      between two insns is not affected by -g.  */
                    398: 
                    399:   for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    400:     {
                    401:       last_insn = insn;
                    402:       if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
                    403:          || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) <= 0)
                    404:        uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = ++i;
                    405:       else
                    406:        /* Give a line number note the same luid as preceding insn.  */
                    407:        uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = i;
                    408:     }
                    409: 
                    410:   max_luid = i + 1;
                    411: 
                    412:   /* Don't leave gaps in uid_luid for insns that have been
                    413:      deleted.  It is possible that the first or last insn
                    414:      using some register has been deleted by cross-jumping.
                    415:      Make sure that uid_luid for that former insn's uid
                    416:      points to the general area where that insn used to be.  */
                    417:   for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
                    418:     {
                    419:       uid_luid[0] = uid_luid[i];
                    420:       if (uid_luid[0] != 0)
                    421:        break;
                    422:     }
                    423:   for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
                    424:     if (uid_luid[i] == 0)
                    425:       uid_luid[i] = uid_luid[i - 1];
                    426: 
                    427:   /* Create a mapping from loops to BLOCK tree nodes.  */
                    428:   if (flag_unroll_loops && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
1.1.1.4 ! root      429:     find_loop_tree_blocks ();
1.1       root      430: 
                    431:   /* Now scan the loops, last ones first, since this means inner ones are done
                    432:      before outer ones.  */
                    433:   for (i = max_loop_num-1; i >= 0; i--)
                    434:     if (! loop_invalid[i] && loop_number_loop_ends[i])
                    435:       scan_loop (loop_number_loop_starts[i], loop_number_loop_ends[i],
                    436:                 max_reg_num ());
1.1.1.4 ! root      437: 
        !           438:   /* If debugging and unrolling loops, we must replicate the tree nodes
        !           439:      corresponding to the blocks inside the loop, so that the original one
        !           440:      to one mapping will remain.  */
        !           441:   if (flag_unroll_loops && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
        !           442:     unroll_block_trees ();
1.1       root      443: }
                    444: 
                    445: /* Optimize one loop whose start is LOOP_START and end is END.
                    446:    LOOP_START is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG and END is the matching
                    447:    NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END.  */
                    448: 
                    449: /* ??? Could also move memory writes out of loops if the destination address
                    450:    is invariant, the source is invariant, the memory write is not volatile,
                    451:    and if we can prove that no read inside the loop can read this address
                    452:    before the write occurs.  If there is a read of this address after the
                    453:    write, then we can also mark the memory read as invariant.  */
                    454: 
                    455: static void
                    456: scan_loop (loop_start, end, nregs)
                    457:      rtx loop_start, end;
                    458:      int nregs;
                    459: {
                    460:   register int i;
                    461:   register rtx p;
                    462:   /* 1 if we are scanning insns that could be executed zero times.  */
                    463:   int maybe_never = 0;
                    464:   /* 1 if we are scanning insns that might never be executed
                    465:      due to a subroutine call which might exit before they are reached.  */
                    466:   int call_passed = 0;
                    467:   /* For a rotated loop that is entered near the bottom,
                    468:      this is the label at the top.  Otherwise it is zero.  */
                    469:   rtx loop_top = 0;
                    470:   /* Jump insn that enters the loop, or 0 if control drops in.  */
                    471:   rtx loop_entry_jump = 0;
                    472:   /* Place in the loop where control enters.  */
                    473:   rtx scan_start;
                    474:   /* Number of insns in the loop.  */
                    475:   int insn_count;
                    476:   int in_libcall = 0;
                    477:   int tem;
                    478:   rtx temp;
                    479:   /* The SET from an insn, if it is the only SET in the insn.  */
                    480:   rtx set, set1;
                    481:   /* Chain describing insns movable in current loop.  */
                    482:   struct movable *movables = 0;
                    483:   /* Last element in `movables' -- so we can add elements at the end.  */
                    484:   struct movable *last_movable = 0;
                    485:   /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
                    486:      for saving an instruction.  More if loop doesn't call subroutines
                    487:      since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
                    488:      and more registers are available.  */
                    489:   int threshold;
                    490:   /* If we have calls, contains the insn in which a register was used
                    491:      if it was used exactly once; contains const0_rtx if it was used more
                    492:      than once.  */
                    493:   rtx *reg_single_usage = 0;
                    494: 
                    495:   n_times_set = (short *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (short));
                    496:   n_times_used = (short *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (short));
                    497:   may_not_optimize = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                    498: 
                    499:   /* Determine whether this loop starts with a jump down to a test at
                    500:      the end.  This will occur for a small number of loops with a test
                    501:      that is too complex to duplicate in front of the loop.
                    502: 
                    503:      We search for the first insn or label in the loop, skipping NOTEs.
                    504:      However, we must be careful not to skip past a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
                    505:      (because we might have a loop executed only once that contains a
                    506:      loop which starts with a jump to its exit test) or a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
                    507:      (in case we have a degenerate loop).
                    508: 
                    509:      Note that if we mistakenly think that a loop is entered at the top
                    510:      when, in fact, it is entered at the exit test, the only effect will be
                    511:      slightly poorer optimization.  Making the opposite error can generate
                    512:      incorrect code.  Since very few loops now start with a jump to the 
                    513:      exit test, the code here to detect that case is very conservative.  */
                    514: 
                    515:   for (p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                    516:        p != end
                    517:         && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) != 'i'
                    518:         && (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                    519:             || (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
                    520:                 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END));
                    521:        p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                    522:     ;
                    523: 
                    524:   scan_start = p;
                    525: 
                    526:   /* Set up variables describing this loop.  */
                    527:   prescan_loop (loop_start, end);
                    528:   threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (1 + n_non_fixed_regs);
                    529: 
                    530:   /* If loop has a jump before the first label,
                    531:      the true entry is the target of that jump.
                    532:      Start scan from there.
                    533:      But record in LOOP_TOP the place where the end-test jumps
                    534:      back to so we can scan that after the end of the loop.  */
                    535:   if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                    536:     {
                    537:       loop_entry_jump = p;
                    538: 
                    539:       /* Loop entry must be unconditional jump (and not a RETURN)  */
                    540:       if (simplejump_p (p)
                    541:          && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                    542:          /* Check to see whether the jump actually
                    543:             jumps out of the loop (meaning it's no loop).
                    544:             This case can happen for things like
                    545:             do {..} while (0).  If this label was generated previously
                    546:             by loop, we can't tell anything about it and have to reject
                    547:             the loop.  */
                    548:          && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < max_uid_for_loop
                    549:          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) >= INSN_LUID (loop_start)
                    550:          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (end))
                    551:        {
                    552:          loop_top = next_label (scan_start);
                    553:          scan_start = JUMP_LABEL (p);
                    554:        }
                    555:     }
                    556: 
                    557:   /* If SCAN_START was an insn created by loop, we don't know its luid
                    558:      as required by loop_reg_used_before_p.  So skip such loops.  (This
                    559:      test may never be true, but it's best to play it safe.) 
                    560: 
                    561:      Also, skip loops where we do not start scanning at a label.  This
                    562:      test also rejects loops starting with a JUMP_INSN that failed the
                    563:      test above.  */
                    564: 
                    565:   if (INSN_UID (scan_start) >= max_uid_for_loop
                    566:       || GET_CODE (scan_start) != CODE_LABEL)
                    567:     {
                    568:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                    569:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d is phony.\n\n",
                    570:                 INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end));
                    571:       return;
                    572:     }
                    573: 
                    574:   /* Count number of times each reg is set during this loop.
                    575:      Set may_not_optimize[I] if it is not safe to move out
                    576:      the setting of register I.  If this loop has calls, set
                    577:      reg_single_usage[I].  */
                    578: 
                    579:   bzero (n_times_set, nregs * sizeof (short));
                    580:   bzero (may_not_optimize, nregs);
                    581: 
                    582:   if (loop_has_call)
                    583:     {
                    584:       reg_single_usage = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                    585:       bzero (reg_single_usage, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                    586:     }
                    587: 
                    588:   count_loop_regs_set (loop_top ? loop_top : loop_start, end,
                    589:                       may_not_optimize, reg_single_usage, &insn_count, nregs);
                    590: 
                    591:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                    592:     may_not_optimize[i] = 1, n_times_set[i] = 1;
                    593:   bcopy (n_times_set, n_times_used, nregs * sizeof (short));
                    594: 
                    595:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                    596:     {
                    597:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d: %d real insns.\n",
                    598:               INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end), insn_count);
                    599:       if (loop_continue)
                    600:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Continue at insn %d.\n",
                    601:                 INSN_UID (loop_continue));
                    602:     }
                    603: 
                    604:   /* Scan through the loop finding insns that are safe to move.
                    605:      Set n_times_set negative for the reg being set, so that
                    606:      this reg will be considered invariant for subsequent insns.
                    607:      We consider whether subsequent insns use the reg
                    608:      in deciding whether it is worth actually moving.
                    609: 
                    610:      MAYBE_NEVER is nonzero if we have passed a conditional jump insn
                    611:      and therefore it is possible that the insns we are scanning
                    612:      would never be executed.  At such times, we must make sure
                    613:      that it is safe to execute the insn once instead of zero times.
                    614:      When MAYBE_NEVER is 0, all insns will be executed at least once
                    615:      so that is not a problem.  */
                    616: 
                    617:   p = scan_start;
                    618:   while (1)
                    619:     {
                    620:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                    621:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                    622:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                    623:       if (p == scan_start)
                    624:        break;
                    625:       if (p == end)
                    626:        {
                    627:          if (loop_top != 0)
                    628:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                    629:          else
                    630:            break;
                    631:          if (p == scan_start)
                    632:            break;
                    633:        }
                    634: 
                    635:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
1.1.1.4 ! root      636:          && find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      637:        in_libcall = 1;
                    638:       else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
1.1.1.4 ! root      639:               && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      640:        in_libcall = 0;
                    641: 
                    642:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                    643:          && (set = single_set (p))
                    644:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                    645:          && ! may_not_optimize[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))])
                    646:        {
                    647:          int tem1 = 0;
                    648:          int tem2 = 0;
                    649:          int move_insn = 0;
                    650:          rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
                    651:          rtx dependencies = 0;
                    652: 
                    653:          /* Figure out what to use as a source of this insn.  If a REG_EQUIV
                    654:             note is given or if a REG_EQUAL note with a constant operand is
                    655:             specified, use it as the source and mark that we should move
                    656:             this insn by calling emit_move_insn rather that duplicating the
                    657:             insn.
                    658: 
                    659:             Otherwise, only use the REG_EQUAL contents if a REG_RETVAL note
                    660:             is present.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root      661:          temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      662:          if (temp)
                    663:            src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
                    664:          else 
                    665:            {
1.1.1.4 ! root      666:              temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      667:              if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
                    668:                src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
1.1.1.4 ! root      669:              if (temp && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      670:                {
                    671:                  src = XEXP (temp, 0);
                    672:                  /* A libcall block can use regs that don't appear in
                    673:                     the equivalent expression.  To move the libcall,
                    674:                     we must move those regs too.  */
                    675:                  dependencies = libcall_other_reg (p, src);
                    676:                }
                    677:            }
                    678: 
                    679:          /* Don't try to optimize a register that was made
                    680:             by loop-optimization for an inner loop.
                    681:             We don't know its life-span, so we can't compute the benefit.  */
                    682:          if (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                    683:            ;
                    684:          /* In order to move a register, we need to have one of three cases:
                    685:             (1) it is used only in the same basic block as the set
                    686:             (2) it is not a user variable.
                    687:             (3) the set is guaranteed to be executed once the loop starts,
                    688:                 and the reg is not used until after that.  */
                    689:          else if (! ((! maybe_never
                    690:                       && ! loop_reg_used_before_p (set, p, loop_start,
                    691:                                                    scan_start, end))
                    692:                      || ! REG_USERVAR_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)))
                    693:                      || reg_in_basic_block_p (p, SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)))))
                    694:            ;
                    695:          else if ((tem = invariant_p (src))
                    696:                   && (dependencies == 0
                    697:                       || (tem2 = invariant_p (dependencies)) != 0)
                    698:                   && (n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] == 1
                    699:                       || (tem1
                    700:                           = consec_sets_invariant_p (SET_DEST (set),
                    701:                                                      n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))],
                    702:                                                      p)))
                    703:                   /* If the insn can cause a trap (such as divide by zero),
                    704:                      can't move it unless it's guaranteed to be executed
                    705:                      once loop is entered.  Even a function call might
                    706:                      prevent the trap insn from being reached
                    707:                      (since it might exit!)  */
                    708:                   && ! ((maybe_never || call_passed)
                    709:                         && may_trap_p (src)))
                    710:            {
                    711:              register struct movable *m;
                    712:              register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
                    713: 
                    714:              /* A potential lossage is where we have a case where two insns
                    715:                 can be combined as long as they are both in the loop, but
                    716:                 we move one of them outside the loop.  For large loops,
                    717:                 this can lose.  The most common case of this is the address
                    718:                 of a function being called.  
                    719: 
                    720:                 Therefore, if this register is marked as being used exactly
                    721:                 once if we are in a loop with calls (a "large loop"), see if
                    722:                 we can replace the usage of this register with the source
                    723:                 of this SET.  If we can, delete this insn. 
                    724: 
                    725:                 Don't do this if P has a REG_RETVAL note or if we have
                    726:                 SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and SET_SRC is a hard register.  */
                    727: 
                    728:              if (reg_single_usage && reg_single_usage[regno] != 0
                    729:                  && reg_single_usage[regno] != const0_rtx
                    730:                  && regno_first_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p)
                    731:                  && (regno_last_uid[regno]
                    732:                      == INSN_UID (reg_single_usage[regno]))
                    733:                  && n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] == 1
                    734:                  && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set))
1.1.1.4 ! root      735:                  && ! find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)
1.1       root      736: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                    737:                  && ! (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
                    738:                        && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    739: #endif
                    740:                  /* This test is not redundant; SET_SRC (set) might be
                    741:                     a call-clobbered register and the life of REGNO
                    742:                     might span a call.  */
                    743:                  && ! modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set), p,
                    744:                                          reg_single_usage[regno])
                    745:                  && validate_replace_rtx (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set),
                    746:                                           reg_single_usage[regno]))
                    747:                {
                    748:                  /* Replace any usage in a REG_EQUAL note.  */
                    749:                  REG_NOTES (reg_single_usage[regno])
                    750:                    = replace_rtx (REG_NOTES (reg_single_usage[regno]),
                    751:                                   SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set));
                    752:                                   
                    753:                  PUT_CODE (p, NOTE);
                    754:                  NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
                    755:                  NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (p) = 0;
                    756:                  n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                    757:                  continue;
                    758:                }
                    759: 
                    760:              m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
                    761:              m->next = 0;
                    762:              m->insn = p;
                    763:              m->set_src = src;
                    764:              m->dependencies = dependencies;
                    765:              m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
                    766:              m->force = 0;
                    767:              m->consec = n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] - 1;
                    768:              m->done = 0;
                    769:              m->forces = 0;
                    770:              m->partial = 0;
                    771:              m->move_insn = move_insn;
1.1.1.4 ! root      772:              m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
1.1       root      773:              m->savemode = VOIDmode;
                    774:              m->regno = regno;
                    775:              /* Set M->cond if either invariant_p or consec_sets_invariant_p
                    776:                 returned 2 (only conditionally invariant).  */
                    777:              m->cond = ((tem | tem1 | tem2) > 1);
                    778:              m->global = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]] > INSN_LUID (end)
                    779:                           || uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]] < INSN_LUID (loop_start));
                    780:              m->match = 0;
                    781:              m->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    782:                             - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]);
                    783:              m->savings = n_times_used[regno];
1.1.1.4 ! root      784:              if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      785:                m->savings += libcall_benefit (p);
                    786:              n_times_set[regno] = move_insn ? -2 : -1;
                    787:              /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES.  */
                    788:              if (movables == 0)
                    789:                movables = m;
                    790:              else
                    791:                last_movable->next = m;
                    792:              last_movable = m;
                    793: 
                    794:              if (m->consec > 0)
                    795:                {
                    796:                  /* Skip this insn, not checking REG_LIBCALL notes.  */
                    797:                  p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                    798:                  /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any.  */
                    799:                  p = skip_consec_insns (p, m->consec);
                    800:                  /* Back up to the last insn of the consecutive group.  */
                    801:                  p = prev_nonnote_insn (p);
                    802: 
                    803:                  /* We must now reset m->move_insn, m->is_equiv, and possibly
                    804:                     m->set_src to correspond to the effects of all the
                    805:                     insns.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root      806:                  temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      807:                  if (temp)
                    808:                    m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
                    809:                  else
                    810:                    {
1.1.1.4 ! root      811:                      temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      812:                      if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
                    813:                        m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
                    814:                      else
                    815:                        m->move_insn = 0;
                    816: 
                    817:                    }
1.1.1.4 ! root      818:                  m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
1.1       root      819:                }
                    820:            }
                    821:          /* If this register is always set within a STRICT_LOW_PART
                    822:             or set to zero, then its high bytes are constant.
                    823:             So clear them outside the loop and within the loop
                    824:             just load the low bytes.
                    825:             We must check that the machine has an instruction to do so.
                    826:             Also, if the value loaded into the register
                    827:             depends on the same register, this cannot be done.  */
                    828:          else if (SET_SRC (set) == const0_rtx
                    829:                   && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (p)) == INSN
                    830:                   && (set1 = single_set (NEXT_INSN (p)))
                    831:                   && GET_CODE (set1) == SET
                    832:                   && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1)) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                    833:                   && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0)) == SUBREG)
                    834:                   && (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0))
                    835:                       == SET_DEST (set))
                    836:                   && !reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set1)))
                    837:            {
                    838:              register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
                    839:              if (n_times_set[regno] == 2)
                    840:                {
                    841:                  register struct movable *m;
                    842:                  m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
                    843:                  m->next = 0;
                    844:                  m->insn = p;
                    845:                  m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
                    846:                  m->dependencies = 0;
                    847:                  m->force = 0;
                    848:                  m->consec = 0;
                    849:                  m->done = 0;
                    850:                  m->forces = 0;
                    851:                  m->move_insn = 0;
                    852:                  m->partial = 1;
                    853:                  /* If the insn may not be executed on some cycles,
                    854:                     we can't clear the whole reg; clear just high part.
                    855:                     Not even if the reg is used only within this loop.
                    856:                     Consider this:
                    857:                     while (1)
                    858:                       while (s != t) {
                    859:                         if (foo ()) x = *s;
                    860:                         use (x);
                    861:                       }
                    862:                     Clearing x before the inner loop could clobber a value
                    863:                     being saved from the last time around the outer loop.
                    864:                     However, if the reg is not used outside this loop
                    865:                     and all uses of the register are in the same
                    866:                     basic block as the store, there is no problem.
                    867: 
                    868:                     If this insn was made by loop, we don't know its
                    869:                     INSN_LUID and hence must make a conservative
                    870:                     assumption. */
                    871:                  m->global = (INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
                    872:                               || (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    873:                                   > INSN_LUID (end))
                    874:                               || (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]
                    875:                                   < INSN_LUID (p))
                    876:                               || (labels_in_range_p
                    877:                                   (p, uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]])));
                    878:                  if (maybe_never && m->global)
                    879:                    m->savemode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set1));
                    880:                  else
                    881:                    m->savemode = VOIDmode;
                    882:                  m->regno = regno;
                    883:                  m->cond = 0;
                    884:                  m->match = 0;
                    885:                  m->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    886:                                 - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]);
                    887:                  m->savings = 1;
                    888:                  n_times_set[regno] = -1;
                    889:                  /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES.  */
                    890:                  if (movables == 0)
                    891:                    movables = m;
                    892:                  else
                    893:                    last_movable->next = m;
                    894:                  last_movable = m;
                    895:                }
                    896:            }
                    897:        }
                    898:       /* Past a call insn, we get to insns which might not be executed
                    899:         because the call might exit.  This matters for insns that trap.
                    900:         Call insns inside a REG_LIBCALL/REG_RETVAL block always return,
                    901:         so they don't count.  */
                    902:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && ! in_libcall)
                    903:        call_passed = 1;
                    904:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we
                    905:         can't count on whether or how many times they will be
                    906:         executed during each iteration.  Therefore, we can
                    907:         only move out sets of trivial variables
                    908:         (those not used after the loop).  */
                    909:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                    910:         in strength_reduce.  */
                    911:       else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                    912:               /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
                    913:                  beginning, don't set maybe_never for that.  This must be an
                    914:                  unconditional jump, otherwise the code at the top of the
                    915:                  loop might never be executed.  Unconditional jumps are
                    916:                  followed a by barrier then loop end.  */
                    917:                && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                    918:                     && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == end
                    919:                     && simplejump_p (p)))
                    920:        maybe_never = 1;
                    921:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                    922:         be executed: logically, the loop begins here even though the exit
                    923:         code has been duplicated.  */
                    924:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                    925:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                    926:        maybe_never = call_passed = 0;
                    927:     }
                    928: 
                    929:   /* If one movable subsumes another, ignore that other.  */
                    930: 
                    931:   ignore_some_movables (movables);
                    932: 
                    933:   /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
                    934:      leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
                    935:      If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
                    936:      since the second can be moved only if the first is.  */
                    937: 
                    938:   force_movables (movables);
                    939: 
                    940:   /* See if there are multiple movable insns that load the same value.
                    941:      If there are, make all but the first point at the first one
                    942:      through the `match' field, and add the priorities of them
                    943:      all together as the priority of the first.  */
                    944: 
                    945:   combine_movables (movables, nregs);
                    946:        
                    947:   /* Now consider each movable insn to decide whether it is worth moving.
                    948:      Store 0 in n_times_set for each reg that is moved.  */
                    949: 
                    950:   move_movables (movables, threshold,
                    951:                 insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs);
                    952: 
                    953:   /* Now candidates that still are negative are those not moved.
                    954:      Change n_times_set to indicate that those are not actually invariant.  */
                    955:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                    956:     if (n_times_set[i] < 0)
                    957:       n_times_set[i] = n_times_used[i];
                    958: 
                    959:   if (flag_strength_reduce)
                    960:     strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top,
                    961:                     insn_count, loop_start, end);
                    962: }
                    963: 
                    964: /* Add elements to *OUTPUT to record all the pseudo-regs
                    965:    mentioned in IN_THIS but not mentioned in NOT_IN_THIS.  */
                    966: 
                    967: void
                    968: record_excess_regs (in_this, not_in_this, output)
                    969:      rtx in_this, not_in_this;
                    970:      rtx *output;
                    971: {
                    972:   enum rtx_code code;
                    973:   char *fmt;
                    974:   int i;
                    975: 
                    976:   code = GET_CODE (in_this);
                    977: 
                    978:   switch (code)
                    979:     {
                    980:     case PC:
                    981:     case CC0:
                    982:     case CONST_INT:
                    983:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                    984:     case CONST:
                    985:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                    986:     case LABEL_REF:
                    987:       return;
                    988: 
                    989:     case REG:
                    990:       if (REGNO (in_this) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                    991:          && ! reg_mentioned_p (in_this, not_in_this))
                    992:        *output = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, in_this, *output);
                    993:       return;
                    994:     }
                    995: 
                    996:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                    997:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                    998:     {
                    999:       int j;
                   1000: 
                   1001:       switch (fmt[i])
                   1002:        {
                   1003:        case 'E':
                   1004:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (in_this, i); j++)
                   1005:            record_excess_regs (XVECEXP (in_this, i, j), not_in_this, output);
                   1006:          break;
                   1007: 
                   1008:        case 'e':
                   1009:          record_excess_regs (XEXP (in_this, i), not_in_this, output);
                   1010:          break;
                   1011:        }
                   1012:     }
                   1013: }
                   1014: 
                   1015: /* Check what regs are referred to in the libcall block ending with INSN,
                   1016:    aside from those mentioned in the equivalent value.
                   1017:    If there are none, return 0.
                   1018:    If there are one or more, return an EXPR_LIST containing all of them.  */
                   1019: 
                   1020: static rtx
                   1021: libcall_other_reg (insn, equiv)
                   1022:      rtx insn, equiv;
                   1023: {
1.1.1.4 ! root     1024:   rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     1025:   rtx p = XEXP (note, 0);
                   1026:   rtx output = 0;
                   1027: 
                   1028:   /* First, find all the regs used in the libcall block
                   1029:      that are not mentioned as inputs to the result.  */
                   1030: 
                   1031:   while (p != insn)
                   1032:     {
                   1033:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   1034:          || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1035:        record_excess_regs (PATTERN (p), equiv, &output);
                   1036:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   1037:     }
                   1038: 
                   1039:   return output;
                   1040: }
                   1041: 
                   1042: /* Return 1 if all uses of REG
                   1043:    are between INSN and the end of the basic block.  */
                   1044: 
                   1045: static int 
                   1046: reg_in_basic_block_p (insn, reg)
                   1047:      rtx insn, reg;
                   1048: {
                   1049:   int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   1050:   rtx p;
                   1051: 
                   1052:   if (regno_first_uid[regno] != INSN_UID (insn))
                   1053:     return 0;
                   1054: 
                   1055:   /* Search this basic block for the already recorded last use of the reg.  */
                   1056:   for (p = insn; p; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   1057:     {
                   1058:       switch (GET_CODE (p))
                   1059:        {
                   1060:        case NOTE:
                   1061:          break;
                   1062: 
                   1063:        case INSN:
                   1064:        case CALL_INSN:
                   1065:          /* Ordinary insn: if this is the last use, we win.  */
                   1066:          if (regno_last_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p))
                   1067:            return 1;
                   1068:          break;
                   1069: 
                   1070:        case JUMP_INSN:
                   1071:          /* Jump insn: if this is the last use, we win.  */
                   1072:          if (regno_last_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p))
                   1073:            return 1;
                   1074:          /* Otherwise, it's the end of the basic block, so we lose.  */
                   1075:          return 0;
                   1076: 
                   1077:        case CODE_LABEL:
                   1078:        case BARRIER:
                   1079:          /* It's the end of the basic block, so we lose.  */
                   1080:          return 0;
                   1081:        }
                   1082:     }
                   1083: 
                   1084:   /* The "last use" doesn't follow the "first use"??  */
                   1085:   abort ();
                   1086: }
                   1087: 
                   1088: /* Compute the benefit of eliminating the insns in the block whose
                   1089:    last insn is LAST.  This may be a group of insns used to compute a
                   1090:    value directly or can contain a library call.  */
                   1091: 
                   1092: static int
                   1093: libcall_benefit (last)
                   1094:      rtx last;
                   1095: {
                   1096:   rtx insn;
                   1097:   int benefit = 0;
                   1098: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1099:   for (insn = XEXP (find_reg_note (last, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX), 0);
1.1       root     1100:        insn != last; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1101:     {
                   1102:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   1103:        benefit += 10;          /* Assume at least this many insns in a library
                   1104:                                   routine. */
                   1105:       else if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
                   1106:               && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
                   1107:               && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER)
                   1108:        benefit++;
                   1109:     }
                   1110: 
                   1111:   return benefit;
                   1112: }
                   1113: 
                   1114: /* Skip COUNT insns from INSN, counting library calls as 1 insn.  */
                   1115: 
                   1116: static rtx
                   1117: skip_consec_insns (insn, count)
                   1118:      rtx insn;
                   1119:      int count;
                   1120: {
                   1121:   for (; count > 0; count--)
                   1122:     {
                   1123:       rtx temp;
                   1124: 
                   1125:       /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end.  */
                   1126:       /* Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to 
                   1127:         be an insn here.  */
                   1128:       if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
1.1.1.4 ! root     1129:          && (temp = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1130:        insn = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1131: 
                   1132:       do insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   1133:       while (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE);
                   1134:     }
                   1135: 
                   1136:   return insn;
                   1137: }
                   1138: 
                   1139: /* Ignore any movable whose insn falls within a libcall
                   1140:    which is part of another movable.
                   1141:    We make use of the fact that the movable for the libcall value
                   1142:    was made later and so appears later on the chain.  */
                   1143: 
                   1144: static void
                   1145: ignore_some_movables (movables)
                   1146:      struct movable *movables;
                   1147: {
                   1148:   register struct movable *m, *m1;
                   1149: 
                   1150:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1151:     {
                   1152:       /* Is this a movable for the value of a libcall?  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     1153:       rtx note = find_reg_note (m->insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     1154:       if (note)
                   1155:        {
                   1156:          rtx insn;
                   1157:          /* Check for earlier movables inside that range,
                   1158:             and mark them invalid.  We cannot use LUIDs here because
                   1159:             insns created by loop.c for prior loops don't have LUIDs.
                   1160:             Rather than reject all such insns from movables, we just
                   1161:             explicitly check each insn in the libcall (since invariant
                   1162:             libcalls aren't that common).  */
                   1163:          for (insn = XEXP (note, 0); insn != m->insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1164:            for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
                   1165:              if (m1->insn == insn)
                   1166:                m1->done = 1;
                   1167:        }
                   1168:     }
                   1169: }        
                   1170: 
                   1171: /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
                   1172:    leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
                   1173:    If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
                   1174:    since the second can be moved only if the first is.  */
                   1175: 
                   1176: static void
                   1177: force_movables (movables)
                   1178:      struct movable *movables;
                   1179: {
                   1180:   register struct movable *m, *m1;
                   1181:   for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1182:     /* Omit this if moving just the (SET (REG) 0) of a zero-extend.  */
                   1183:     if (!m1->partial && !m1->done)
                   1184:       {
                   1185:        int regno = m1->regno;
                   1186:        for (m = m1->next; m; m = m->next)
                   1187:          /* ??? Could this be a bug?  What if CSE caused the
                   1188:             register of M1 to be used after this insn?
                   1189:             Since CSE does not update regno_last_uid,
                   1190:             this insn M->insn might not be where it dies.
                   1191:             But very likely this doesn't matter; what matters is
                   1192:             that M's reg is computed from M1's reg.  */
                   1193:          if (INSN_UID (m->insn) == regno_last_uid[regno]
                   1194:              && !m->done)
                   1195:            break;
                   1196:        if (m != 0 && m->set_src == m1->set_dest
                   1197:            /* If m->consec, m->set_src isn't valid.  */
                   1198:            && m->consec == 0)
                   1199:          m = 0;
                   1200: 
                   1201:        /* Increase the priority of the moving the first insn
                   1202:           since it permits the second to be moved as well.  */
                   1203:        if (m != 0)
                   1204:          {
                   1205:            m->forces = m1;
                   1206:            m1->lifetime += m->lifetime;
                   1207:            m1->savings += m1->savings;
                   1208:          }
                   1209:       }
                   1210: }
                   1211: 
                   1212: /* Find invariant expressions that are equal and can be combined into
                   1213:    one register.  */
                   1214: 
                   1215: static void
                   1216: combine_movables (movables, nregs)
                   1217:      struct movable *movables;
                   1218:      int nregs;
                   1219: {
                   1220:   register struct movable *m;
                   1221:   char *matched_regs = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                   1222:   enum machine_mode mode;
                   1223: 
                   1224:   /* Regs that are set more than once are not allowed to match
                   1225:      or be matched.  I'm no longer sure why not.  */
                   1226:   /* Perhaps testing m->consec_sets would be more appropriate here?  */
                   1227: 
                   1228:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1229:     if (m->match == 0 && n_times_used[m->regno] == 1 && !m->partial)
                   1230:       {
                   1231:        register struct movable *m1;
                   1232:        int regno = m->regno;
                   1233:        rtx reg_note, reg_note1;
                   1234: 
                   1235:        bzero (matched_regs, nregs);
                   1236:        matched_regs[regno] = 1;
                   1237: 
                   1238:        for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1239:          if (m != m1 && m1->match == 0 && n_times_used[m1->regno] == 1
                   1240:              /* A reg used outside the loop mustn't be eliminated.  */
                   1241:              && !m1->global
                   1242:              /* A reg used for zero-extending mustn't be eliminated.  */
                   1243:              && !m1->partial
                   1244:              && (matched_regs[m1->regno]
                   1245:                  ||
                   1246:                  (
                   1247:                   /* Can combine regs with different modes loaded from the
                   1248:                      same constant only if the modes are the same or
                   1249:                      if both are integer modes with M wider or the same
                   1250:                      width as M1.  The check for integer is redundant, but
                   1251:                      safe, since the only case of differing destination
                   1252:                      modes with equal sources is when both sources are
                   1253:                      VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT.  */
                   1254:                   (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)
                   1255:                    || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
                   1256:                        && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
                   1257:                        && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m->set_dest))
                   1258:                            >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)))))
                   1259:                   /* See if the source of M1 says it matches M.  */
                   1260:                   && ((GET_CODE (m1->set_src) == REG
                   1261:                        && matched_regs[REGNO (m1->set_src)])
                   1262:                       || rtx_equal_for_loop_p (m->set_src, m1->set_src,
                   1263:                                                movables))))
                   1264:              && ((m->dependencies == m1->dependencies)
                   1265:                  || rtx_equal_p (m->dependencies, m1->dependencies)))
                   1266:            {
                   1267:              m->lifetime += m1->lifetime;
                   1268:              m->savings += m1->savings;
                   1269:              m1->done = 1;
                   1270:              m1->match = m;
                   1271:              matched_regs[m1->regno] = 1;
                   1272:            }
                   1273:       }
                   1274: 
                   1275:   /* Now combine the regs used for zero-extension.
                   1276:      This can be done for those not marked `global'
                   1277:      provided their lives don't overlap.  */
                   1278: 
                   1279:   for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
                   1280:        mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
                   1281:     {
                   1282:       register struct movable *m0 = 0;
                   1283: 
                   1284:       /* Combine all the registers for extension from mode MODE.
                   1285:         Don't combine any that are used outside this loop.  */
                   1286:       for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1287:        if (m->partial && ! m->global
                   1288:            && mode == GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (m->insn)))))
                   1289:          {
                   1290:            register struct movable *m1;
                   1291:            int first = uid_luid[regno_first_uid[m->regno]];
                   1292:            int last = uid_luid[regno_last_uid[m->regno]];
                   1293: 
                   1294:            if (m0 == 0)
                   1295:              {
                   1296:                /* First one: don't check for overlap, just record it.  */
                   1297:                m0 = m;
                   1298:                  continue;
                   1299:              }
                   1300: 
                   1301:            /* Make sure they extend to the same mode.
                   1302:               (Almost always true.)  */
                   1303:            if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) != GET_MODE (m0->set_dest))
                   1304:                continue;
                   1305: 
                   1306:            /* We already have one: check for overlap with those
                   1307:               already combined together.  */
                   1308:            for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
                   1309:              if (m1 == m0 || (m1->partial && m1->match == m0))
                   1310:                if (! (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[m1->regno]] > last
                   1311:                       || uid_luid[regno_last_uid[m1->regno]] < first))
                   1312:                  goto overlap;
                   1313: 
                   1314:            /* No overlap: we can combine this with the others.  */
                   1315:            m0->lifetime += m->lifetime;
                   1316:            m0->savings += m->savings;
                   1317:            m->done = 1;
                   1318:            m->match = m0;
                   1319: 
                   1320:          overlap: ;
                   1321:          }
                   1322:     }
                   1323: }
                   1324: 
                   1325: /* Return 1 if regs X and Y will become the same if moved.  */
                   1326: 
                   1327: static int
                   1328: regs_match_p (x, y, movables)
                   1329:      rtx x, y;
                   1330:      struct movable *movables;
                   1331: {
                   1332:   int xn = REGNO (x);
                   1333:   int yn = REGNO (y);
                   1334:   struct movable *mx, *my;
                   1335: 
                   1336:   for (mx = movables; mx; mx = mx->next)
                   1337:     if (mx->regno == xn)
                   1338:       break;
                   1339: 
                   1340:   for (my = movables; my; my = my->next)
                   1341:     if (my->regno == yn)
                   1342:       break;
                   1343: 
                   1344:   return (mx && my
                   1345:          && ((mx->match == my->match && mx->match != 0)
                   1346:              || mx->match == my
                   1347:              || mx == my->match));
                   1348: }
                   1349: 
                   1350: /* Return 1 if X and Y are identical-looking rtx's.
                   1351:    This is the Lisp function EQUAL for rtx arguments.
                   1352: 
                   1353:    If two registers are matching movables or a movable register and an
                   1354:    equivalent constant, consider them equal.  */
                   1355: 
                   1356: static int
                   1357: rtx_equal_for_loop_p (x, y, movables)
                   1358:      rtx x, y;
                   1359:      struct movable *movables;
                   1360: {
                   1361:   register int i;
                   1362:   register int j;
                   1363:   register struct movable *m;
                   1364:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   1365:   register char *fmt;
                   1366: 
                   1367:   if (x == y)
                   1368:     return 1;
                   1369:   if (x == 0 || y == 0)
                   1370:     return 0;
                   1371: 
                   1372:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   1373: 
                   1374:   /* If we have a register and a constant, they may sometimes be
                   1375:      equal.  */
                   1376:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && n_times_set[REGNO (x)] == -2
                   1377:       && CONSTANT_P (y))
                   1378:     for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1379:       if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (x)
                   1380:          && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, y))
                   1381:        return 1;
                   1382: 
                   1383:   else if (GET_CODE (y) == REG && n_times_set[REGNO (y)] == -2
                   1384:           && CONSTANT_P (x))
                   1385:     for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1386:       if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (y)
                   1387:          && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, x))
                   1388:        return 1;
                   1389: 
                   1390:   /* Otherwise, rtx's of different codes cannot be equal.  */
                   1391:   if (code != GET_CODE (y))
                   1392:     return 0;
                   1393: 
                   1394:   /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.
                   1395:      (REG:SI x) and (REG:HI x) are NOT equivalent.  */
                   1396: 
                   1397:   if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
                   1398:     return 0;
                   1399: 
                   1400:   /* These three types of rtx's can be compared nonrecursively.  */
                   1401:   if (code == REG)
                   1402:     return (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) || regs_match_p (x, y, movables));
                   1403: 
                   1404:   if (code == LABEL_REF)
                   1405:     return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
                   1406:   if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
                   1407:     return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
                   1408: 
                   1409:   /* Compare the elements.  If any pair of corresponding elements
                   1410:      fail to match, return 0 for the whole things.  */
                   1411: 
                   1412:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1413:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   1414:     {
                   1415:       switch (fmt[i])
                   1416:        {
1.1.1.4 ! root     1417:        case 'w':
        !          1418:          if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
        !          1419:            return 0;
        !          1420:          break;
        !          1421: 
1.1       root     1422:        case 'i':
                   1423:          if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
                   1424:            return 0;
                   1425:          break;
                   1426: 
                   1427:        case 'E':
                   1428:          /* Two vectors must have the same length.  */
                   1429:          if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i))
                   1430:            return 0;
                   1431: 
                   1432:          /* And the corresponding elements must match.  */
                   1433:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   1434:            if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j), movables) == 0)
                   1435:              return 0;
                   1436:          break;
                   1437: 
                   1438:        case 'e':
                   1439:          if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i), movables) == 0)
                   1440:            return 0;
                   1441:          break;
                   1442: 
                   1443:        case 's':
                   1444:          if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i)))
                   1445:            return 0;
                   1446:          break;
                   1447: 
                   1448:        case 'u':
                   1449:          /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter.  */
                   1450:          break;
                   1451: 
                   1452:        case '0':
                   1453:          break;
                   1454: 
                   1455:          /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
                   1456:             contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
                   1457:             except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs.  */
                   1458:        default:
                   1459:          abort ();
                   1460:        }
                   1461:     }
                   1462:   return 1;
                   1463: }
                   1464: 
1.1.1.2   root     1465: /* If X contains any LABEL_REF's, add REG_LABEL notes for them to all
                   1466:   insns in INSNS which use thet reference.  */
                   1467: 
                   1468: static void
                   1469: add_label_notes (x, insns)
                   1470:      rtx x;
                   1471:      rtx insns;
                   1472: {
                   1473:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
1.1.1.3   root     1474:   int i, j;
1.1.1.2   root     1475:   char *fmt;
                   1476:   rtx insn;
                   1477: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1478:   if (code == LABEL_REF && !LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x))
1.1.1.2   root     1479:     {
                   1480:       for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1481:        if (reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn))
                   1482:          REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_LABEL, XEXP (x, 0),
                   1483:                                      REG_NOTES (insn));
                   1484:       return;
                   1485:     }
                   1486: 
                   1487:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1488:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1.1.1.3   root     1489:     {
                   1490:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   1491:        add_label_notes (XEXP (x, i), insns);
                   1492:       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   1493:        for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   1494:          add_label_notes (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insns);
                   1495:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1496: }
                   1497: 
1.1       root     1498: /* Scan MOVABLES, and move the insns that deserve to be moved.
                   1499:    If two matching movables are combined, replace one reg with the
                   1500:    other throughout.  */
                   1501: 
                   1502: static void
                   1503: move_movables (movables, threshold, insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs)
                   1504:      struct movable *movables;
                   1505:      int threshold;
                   1506:      int insn_count;
                   1507:      rtx loop_start;
                   1508:      rtx end;
                   1509:      int nregs;
                   1510: {
                   1511:   rtx new_start = 0;
                   1512:   register struct movable *m;
                   1513:   register rtx p;
                   1514:   /* Map of pseudo-register replacements to handle combining
                   1515:      when we move several insns that load the same value
                   1516:      into different pseudo-registers.  */
                   1517:   rtx *reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1518:   char *already_moved = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                   1519: 
                   1520:   bzero (already_moved, nregs);
                   1521:   bzero (reg_map, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1522: 
                   1523:   num_movables = 0;
                   1524: 
                   1525:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1526:     {
                   1527:       /* Describe this movable insn.  */
                   1528: 
                   1529:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1530:        {
                   1531:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: regno %d (life %d), ",
                   1532:                   INSN_UID (m->insn), m->regno, m->lifetime);
                   1533:          if (m->consec > 0)
                   1534:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "consec %d, ", m->consec);
                   1535:          if (m->cond)
                   1536:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "cond ");
                   1537:          if (m->force)
                   1538:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "force ");
                   1539:          if (m->global)
                   1540:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "global ");
                   1541:          if (m->done)
                   1542:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "done ");
                   1543:          if (m->move_insn)
                   1544:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "move-insn ");
                   1545:          if (m->match)
                   1546:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "matches %d ",
                   1547:                     INSN_UID (m->match->insn));
                   1548:          if (m->forces)
                   1549:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "forces %d ",
                   1550:                     INSN_UID (m->forces->insn));
                   1551:        }
                   1552: 
                   1553:       /* Count movables.  Value used in heuristics in strength_reduce.  */
                   1554:       num_movables++;
                   1555: 
                   1556:       /* Ignore the insn if it's already done (it matched something else).
                   1557:         Otherwise, see if it is now safe to move.  */
                   1558: 
                   1559:       if (!m->done
                   1560:          && (! m->cond
                   1561:              || (1 == invariant_p (m->set_src)
                   1562:                  && (m->dependencies == 0
                   1563:                      || 1 == invariant_p (m->dependencies))
                   1564:                  && (m->consec == 0
                   1565:                      || 1 == consec_sets_invariant_p (m->set_dest,
                   1566:                                                       m->consec + 1,
                   1567:                                                       m->insn))))
                   1568:          && (! m->forces || m->forces->done))
                   1569:        {
                   1570:          register int regno;
                   1571:          register rtx p;
                   1572:          int savings = m->savings;
                   1573: 
                   1574:          /* We have an insn that is safe to move.
                   1575:             Compute its desirability.  */
                   1576: 
                   1577:          p = m->insn;
                   1578:          regno = m->regno;
                   1579: 
                   1580:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1581:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "savings %d ", savings);
                   1582: 
                   1583:          if (moved_once[regno])
                   1584:            {
                   1585:              insn_count *= 2;
                   1586: 
                   1587:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1588:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "halved since already moved ");
                   1589:            }
                   1590: 
                   1591:          /* An insn MUST be moved if we already moved something else
                   1592:             which is safe only if this one is moved too: that is,
                   1593:             if already_moved[REGNO] is nonzero.  */
                   1594: 
                   1595:          /* An insn is desirable to move if the new lifetime of the
                   1596:             register is no more than THRESHOLD times the old lifetime.
                   1597:             If it's not desirable, it means the loop is so big
                   1598:             that moving won't speed things up much,
                   1599:             and it is liable to make register usage worse.  */
                   1600: 
                   1601:          /* It is also desirable to move if it can be moved at no
                   1602:             extra cost because something else was already moved.  */
                   1603: 
                   1604:          if (already_moved[regno]
                   1605:              || (threshold * savings * m->lifetime) >= insn_count
                   1606:              || (m->forces && m->forces->done
                   1607:                  && n_times_used[m->forces->regno] == 1))
                   1608:            {
                   1609:              int count;
                   1610:              register struct movable *m1;
                   1611:              rtx first;
                   1612: 
                   1613:              /* Now move the insns that set the reg.  */
                   1614: 
                   1615:              if (m->partial && m->match)
                   1616:                {
                   1617:                  rtx newpat, i1;
                   1618:                  rtx r1, r2;
                   1619:                  /* Find the end of this chain of matching regs.
                   1620:                     Thus, we load each reg in the chain from that one reg.
                   1621:                     And that reg is loaded with 0 directly,
                   1622:                     since it has ->match == 0.  */
                   1623:                  for (m1 = m; m1->match; m1 = m1->match);
                   1624:                  newpat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn)),
                   1625:                                          SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn)));
                   1626:                  i1 = emit_insn_before (newpat, loop_start);
                   1627: 
                   1628:                  /* Mark the moved, invariant reg as being allowed to
                   1629:                     share a hard reg with the other matching invariant.  */
                   1630:                  REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (m->insn);
                   1631:                  r1 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn));
                   1632:                  r2 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn));
                   1633:                  regs_may_share = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, r1,
                   1634:                                            gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, r2,
                   1635:                                                     regs_may_share));
                   1636:                  delete_insn (m->insn);
                   1637: 
                   1638:                  if (new_start == 0)
                   1639:                    new_start = i1;
                   1640: 
                   1641:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1642:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
                   1643:                }
                   1644:              /* If we are to re-generate the item being moved with a
                   1645:                 new move insn, first delete what we have and then emit
                   1646:                 the move insn before the loop.  */
                   1647:              else if (m->move_insn)
                   1648:                {
                   1649:                  rtx i1, temp;
                   1650: 
                   1651:                  for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
                   1652:                    {
                   1653:                      /* If this is the first insn of a library call sequence,
                   1654:                         skip to the end.  */
                   1655:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4 ! root     1656:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1657:                        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1658: 
                   1659:                      /* If this is the last insn of a libcall sequence, then
                   1660:                         delete every insn in the sequence except the last.
                   1661:                         The last insn is handled in the normal manner.  */
                   1662:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4 ! root     1663:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1664:                        {
                   1665:                          temp = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1666:                          while (temp != p)
                   1667:                            temp = delete_insn (temp);
                   1668:                        }
                   1669: 
                   1670:                      p = delete_insn (p);
                   1671:                    }
                   1672: 
                   1673:                  start_sequence ();
                   1674:                  emit_move_insn (m->set_dest, m->set_src);
1.1.1.2   root     1675:                  temp = get_insns ();
1.1       root     1676:                  end_sequence ();
                   1677: 
1.1.1.2   root     1678:                  add_label_notes (m->set_src, temp);
                   1679: 
                   1680:                  i1 = emit_insns_before (temp, loop_start);
1.1.1.4 ! root     1681:                  if (! find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     1682:                    REG_NOTES (i1)
                   1683:                      = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST,
                   1684:                                 m->is_equiv ? REG_EQUIV : REG_EQUAL,
                   1685:                                 m->set_src, REG_NOTES (i1));
                   1686: 
                   1687:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1688:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
                   1689: 
                   1690:                  /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them.  */
                   1691:                  threshold -= 3;
                   1692:                }
                   1693:              else
                   1694:                {
                   1695:                  for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
                   1696:                    {
                   1697:                      rtx i1, temp;
                   1698: 
                   1699:                      /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
                   1700:                      /* Do this at start of loop, since p is guaranteed to 
                   1701:                         be an insn here.  */
                   1702:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4 ! root     1703:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1704:                        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1705: 
                   1706:                      /* If last insn of libcall sequence, move all
                   1707:                         insns except the last before the loop.  The last
                   1708:                         insn is handled in the normal manner.  */
                   1709:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4 ! root     1710:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1711:                        {
                   1712:                          rtx fn_address = 0;
                   1713:                          rtx fn_reg = 0;
                   1714:                          rtx fn_address_insn = 0;
                   1715: 
                   1716:                          first = 0;
                   1717:                          for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != p;
                   1718:                               temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
                   1719:                            {
                   1720:                              rtx body;
                   1721:                              rtx n;
                   1722:                              rtx next;
                   1723: 
                   1724:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == NOTE)
                   1725:                                continue;
                   1726: 
                   1727:                              body = PATTERN (temp);
                   1728: 
                   1729:                              /* Find the next insn after TEMP,
                   1730:                                 not counting USE or NOTE insns.  */
                   1731:                              for (next = NEXT_INSN (temp); next != p;
                   1732:                                   next = NEXT_INSN (next))
                   1733:                                if (! (GET_CODE (next) == INSN
                   1734:                                       && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == USE)
                   1735:                                    && GET_CODE (next) != NOTE)
                   1736:                                  break;
                   1737:                              
                   1738:                              /* If that is the call, this may be the insn
                   1739:                                 that loads the function address.
                   1740: 
                   1741:                                 Extract the function address from the insn
                   1742:                                 that loads it into a register.
                   1743:                                 If this insn was cse'd, we get incorrect code.
                   1744: 
                   1745:                                 So emit a new move insn that copies the
                   1746:                                 function address into the register that the
                   1747:                                 call insn will use.  flow.c will delete any
                   1748:                                 redundant stores that we have created.  */
                   1749:                              if (GET_CODE (next) == CALL_INSN
                   1750:                                  && GET_CODE (body) == SET
                   1751:                                  && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG
1.1.1.4 ! root     1752:                                  && (n = find_reg_note (temp, REG_EQUAL,
        !          1753:                                                         NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1754:                                {
                   1755:                                  fn_reg = SET_SRC (body);
                   1756:                                  if (GET_CODE (fn_reg) != REG)
                   1757:                                    fn_reg = SET_DEST (body);
                   1758:                                  fn_address = XEXP (n, 0);
                   1759:                                  fn_address_insn = temp;
                   1760:                                }
                   1761:                              /* We have the call insn.
                   1762:                                 If it uses the register we suspect it might,
                   1763:                                 load it with the correct address directly.  */
                   1764:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN
                   1765:                                  && fn_address != 0
1.1.1.4 ! root     1766:                                  && reg_referenced_p (fn_reg, body))
1.1       root     1767:                                emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (fn_reg,
                   1768:                                                                fn_address),
                   1769:                                                 fn_address_insn);
                   1770: 
                   1771:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN)
                   1772:                                i1 = emit_call_insn_before (body, loop_start);
                   1773:                              else
                   1774:                                i1 = emit_insn_before (body, loop_start);
                   1775:                              if (first == 0)
                   1776:                                first = i1;
                   1777:                              if (temp == fn_address_insn)
                   1778:                                fn_address_insn = i1;
                   1779:                              REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (temp);
                   1780:                              delete_insn (temp);
                   1781:                            }
                   1782:                        }
                   1783:                      if (m->savemode != VOIDmode)
                   1784:                        {
                   1785:                          /* P sets REG to zero; but we should clear only
                   1786:                             the bits that are not covered by the mode
                   1787:                             m->savemode.  */
                   1788:                          rtx reg = m->set_dest;
                   1789:                          rtx sequence;
                   1790:                          rtx tem;
                   1791:                      
                   1792:                          start_sequence ();
                   1793:                          tem = expand_binop
                   1794:                            (GET_MODE (reg), and_optab, reg,
1.1.1.4 ! root     1795:                             GEN_INT ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
        !          1796:                                        << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (m->savemode)))
1.1       root     1797:                                      - 1),
                   1798:                             reg, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   1799:                          if (tem == 0)
                   1800:                            abort ();
                   1801:                          if (tem != reg)
                   1802:                            emit_move_insn (reg, tem);
                   1803:                          sequence = gen_sequence ();
                   1804:                          end_sequence ();
                   1805:                          i1 = emit_insn_before (sequence, loop_start);
                   1806:                        }
                   1807:                      else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1808:                        i1 = emit_call_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
                   1809:                      else
                   1810:                        i1 = emit_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
                   1811: 
                   1812:                      REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (p);
                   1813: 
                   1814:                      if (new_start == 0)
                   1815:                        new_start = i1;
                   1816: 
                   1817:                      if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1818:                        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d",
                   1819:                                 INSN_UID (i1));
                   1820: 
                   1821: #if 0
                   1822:                      /* This isn't needed because REG_NOTES is copied
                   1823:                         below and is wrong since P might be a PARALLEL.  */
                   1824:                      if (REG_NOTES (i1) == 0
                   1825:                          && ! m->partial /* But not if it's a zero-extend clr. */
                   1826:                          && ! m->global /* and not if used outside the loop
                   1827:                                            (since it might get set outside).  */
                   1828:                          && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p))))
                   1829:                        REG_NOTES (i1)
                   1830:                          = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUAL,
                   1831:                                     SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), REG_NOTES (i1));
                   1832: #endif
                   1833: 
                   1834:                      /* If library call, now fix the REG_NOTES that contain
                   1835:                         insn pointers, namely REG_LIBCALL on FIRST
                   1836:                         and REG_RETVAL on I1.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     1837:                      if (temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     1838:                        {
                   1839:                          XEXP (temp, 0) = first;
1.1.1.4 ! root     1840:                          temp = find_reg_note (first, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     1841:                          XEXP (temp, 0) = i1;
                   1842:                        }
                   1843: 
                   1844:                      delete_insn (p);
                   1845:                      do p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   1846:                      while (p && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE);
                   1847:                    }
                   1848: 
                   1849:                  /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them.  */
                   1850:                  threshold -= 3;
                   1851:                }
                   1852: 
                   1853:              /* Any other movable that loads the same register
                   1854:                 MUST be moved.  */
                   1855:              already_moved[regno] = 1;
                   1856: 
                   1857:              /* This reg has been moved out of one loop.  */
                   1858:              moved_once[regno] = 1;
                   1859: 
                   1860:              /* The reg set here is now invariant.  */
                   1861:              if (! m->partial)
                   1862:                n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                   1863: 
                   1864:              m->done = 1;
                   1865: 
                   1866:              /* Change the length-of-life info for the register
                   1867:                 to say it lives at least the full length of this loop.
                   1868:                 This will help guide optimizations in outer loops.  */
                   1869: 
                   1870:              if (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]] > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
                   1871:                /* This is the old insn before all the moved insns.
                   1872:                   We can't use the moved insn because it is out of range
                   1873:                   in uid_luid.  Only the old insns have luids.  */
                   1874:                regno_first_uid[regno] = INSN_UID (loop_start);
                   1875:              if (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]] < INSN_LUID (end))
                   1876:                regno_last_uid[regno] = INSN_UID (end);
                   1877: 
                   1878:              /* Combine with this moved insn any other matching movables.  */
                   1879: 
                   1880:              if (! m->partial)
                   1881:                for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1882:                  if (m1->match == m)
                   1883:                    {
                   1884:                      rtx temp;
                   1885: 
                   1886:                      /* Schedule the reg loaded by M1
                   1887:                         for replacement so that shares the reg of M.
                   1888:                         If the modes differ (only possible in restricted
                   1889:                         circumstances, make a SUBREG.  */
                   1890:                      if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest))
                   1891:                        reg_map[m1->regno] = m->set_dest;
                   1892:                      else
                   1893:                        reg_map[m1->regno]
                   1894:                          = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest),
                   1895:                                                m->set_dest);
                   1896:                    
                   1897:                      /* Get rid of the matching insn
                   1898:                         and prevent further processing of it.  */
                   1899:                      m1->done = 1;
                   1900: 
                   1901:                      /* if library call, delete all insn except last, which
                   1902:                         is deleted below */
1.1.1.4 ! root     1903:                      if (temp = find_reg_note (m1->insn, REG_RETVAL,
        !          1904:                                                NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     1905:                        {
                   1906:                          for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != m1->insn;
                   1907:                               temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
                   1908:                            delete_insn (temp);
                   1909:                        }
                   1910:                      delete_insn (m1->insn);
                   1911: 
                   1912:                      /* Any other movable that loads the same register
                   1913:                         MUST be moved.  */
                   1914:                      already_moved[m1->regno] = 1;
                   1915: 
                   1916:                      /* The reg merged here is now invariant,
                   1917:                         if the reg it matches is invariant.  */
                   1918:                      if (! m->partial)
                   1919:                        n_times_set[m1->regno] = 0;
                   1920:                    }
                   1921:            }
                   1922:          else if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1923:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not desirable");
                   1924:        }
                   1925:       else if (loop_dump_stream && !m->match)
                   1926:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not safe");
                   1927: 
                   1928:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1929:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   1930:     }
                   1931: 
                   1932:   if (new_start == 0)
                   1933:     new_start = loop_start;
                   1934: 
                   1935:   /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making
                   1936:      all the register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP.  */
                   1937:   for (p = new_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   1938:     if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   1939:        || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1940:       {
                   1941:        replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
                   1942:        replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
                   1943:       }
                   1944: }
                   1945: 
                   1946: #if 0
                   1947: /* Scan X and replace the address of any MEM in it with ADDR.
                   1948:    REG is the address that MEM should have before the replacement.  */
                   1949: 
                   1950: static void
                   1951: replace_call_address (x, reg, addr)
                   1952:      rtx x, reg, addr;
                   1953: {
                   1954:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   1955:   register int i;
                   1956:   register char *fmt;
                   1957: 
                   1958:   if (x == 0)
                   1959:     return;
                   1960:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   1961:   switch (code)
                   1962:     {
                   1963:     case PC:
                   1964:     case CC0:
                   1965:     case CONST_INT:
                   1966:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   1967:     case CONST:
                   1968:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   1969:     case LABEL_REF:
                   1970:     case REG:
                   1971:       return;
                   1972: 
                   1973:     case SET:
                   1974:       /* Short cut for very common case.  */
                   1975:       replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 1), reg, addr);
                   1976:       return;
                   1977: 
                   1978:     case CALL:
                   1979:       /* Short cut for very common case.  */
                   1980:       replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 0), reg, addr);
                   1981:       return;
                   1982: 
                   1983:     case MEM:
                   1984:       /* If this MEM uses a reg other than the one we expected,
                   1985:         something is wrong.  */
                   1986:       if (XEXP (x, 0) != reg)
                   1987:        abort ();
                   1988:       XEXP (x, 0) = addr;
                   1989:       return;
                   1990:     }
                   1991: 
                   1992:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1993:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   1994:     {
                   1995:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   1996:        replace_call_address (XEXP (x, i), reg, addr);
                   1997:       if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   1998:        {
                   1999:          register int j;
                   2000:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2001:            replace_call_address (XVECEXP (x, i, j), reg, addr);
                   2002:        }
                   2003:     }
                   2004: }
                   2005: #endif
                   2006: 
                   2007: /* Return the number of memory refs to addresses that vary
                   2008:    in the rtx X.  */
                   2009: 
                   2010: static int
                   2011: count_nonfixed_reads (x)
                   2012:      rtx x;
                   2013: {
                   2014:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   2015:   register int i;
                   2016:   register char *fmt;
                   2017:   int value;
                   2018: 
                   2019:   if (x == 0)
                   2020:     return 0;
                   2021: 
                   2022:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2023:   switch (code)
                   2024:     {
                   2025:     case PC:
                   2026:     case CC0:
                   2027:     case CONST_INT:
                   2028:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2029:     case CONST:
                   2030:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   2031:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2032:     case REG:
                   2033:       return 0;
                   2034: 
                   2035:     case MEM:
                   2036:       return ((invariant_p (XEXP (x, 0)) != 1)
                   2037:              + count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, 0)));
                   2038:     }
                   2039: 
                   2040:   value = 0;
                   2041:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2042:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2043:     {
                   2044:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   2045:        value += count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, i));
                   2046:       if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2047:        {
                   2048:          register int j;
                   2049:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2050:            value += count_nonfixed_reads (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
                   2051:        }
                   2052:     }
                   2053:   return value;
                   2054: }
                   2055: 
                   2056: 
                   2057: #if 0
                   2058: /* P is an instruction that sets a register to the result of a ZERO_EXTEND.
                   2059:    Replace it with an instruction to load just the low bytes
                   2060:    if the machine supports such an instruction,
                   2061:    and insert above LOOP_START an instruction to clear the register.  */
                   2062: 
                   2063: static void
                   2064: constant_high_bytes (p, loop_start)
                   2065:      rtx p, loop_start;
                   2066: {
                   2067:   register rtx new;
                   2068:   register int insn_code_number;
                   2069: 
                   2070:   /* Try to change (SET (REG ...) (ZERO_EXTEND (..:B ...)))
                   2071:      to (SET (STRICT_LOW_PART (SUBREG:B (REG...))) ...).  */
                   2072: 
                   2073:   new = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   2074:                 gen_rtx (STRICT_LOW_PART, VOIDmode,
                   2075:                          gen_rtx (SUBREG, GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0)),
                   2076:                                   SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
                   2077:                                   0)),
                   2078:                 XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0));
                   2079:   insn_code_number = recog (new, p);
                   2080: 
                   2081:   if (insn_code_number)
                   2082:     {
                   2083:       register int i;
                   2084: 
                   2085:       /* Clear destination register before the loop.  */
                   2086:       emit_insn_before (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   2087:                                 SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
                   2088:                                 const0_rtx),
                   2089:                        loop_start);
                   2090: 
                   2091:       /* Inside the loop, just load the low part.  */
                   2092:       PATTERN (p) = new;
                   2093:     }
                   2094: }
                   2095: #endif
                   2096: 
                   2097: /* Scan a loop setting the variables `unknown_address_altered',
1.1.1.3   root     2098:    `num_mem_sets', `loop_continue', loops_enclosed', `loop_has_call',
                   2099:    and `loop_has_volatile'.
1.1       root     2100:    Also, fill in the array `loop_store_mems'.  */
                   2101: 
                   2102: static void
                   2103: prescan_loop (start, end)
                   2104:      rtx start, end;
                   2105: {
                   2106:   register int level = 1;
                   2107:   register rtx insn;
                   2108: 
                   2109:   unknown_address_altered = 0;
                   2110:   loop_has_call = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     2111:   loop_has_volatile = 0;
1.1       root     2112:   loop_store_mems_idx = 0;
                   2113: 
                   2114:   num_mem_sets = 0;
                   2115:   loops_enclosed = 1;
                   2116:   loop_continue = 0;
                   2117: 
                   2118:   for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != NEXT_INSN (end);
                   2119:        insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2120:     {
                   2121:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
                   2122:        {
                   2123:          if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                   2124:            {
                   2125:              ++level;
                   2126:              /* Count number of loops contained in this one.  */
                   2127:              loops_enclosed++;
                   2128:            }
                   2129:          else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
                   2130:            {
                   2131:              --level;
                   2132:              if (level == 0)
                   2133:                {
                   2134:                  end = insn;
                   2135:                  break;
                   2136:                }
                   2137:            }
                   2138:          else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT)
                   2139:            {
                   2140:              if (level == 1)
                   2141:                loop_continue = insn;
                   2142:            }
                   2143:        }
                   2144:       else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   2145:        {
                   2146:          unknown_address_altered = 1;
                   2147:          loop_has_call = 1;
                   2148:        }
                   2149:       else
                   2150:        {
                   2151:          if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
1.1.1.3   root     2152:            {
                   2153:              if (volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (insn)))
                   2154:                loop_has_volatile = 1;
                   2155: 
                   2156:              note_stores (PATTERN (insn), note_addr_stored);
                   2157:            }
1.1       root     2158:        }
                   2159:     }
                   2160: }
                   2161: 
                   2162: /* Scan the function looking for loops.  Record the start and end of each loop.
                   2163:    Also mark as invalid loops any loops that contain a setjmp or are branched
                   2164:    to from outside the loop.  */
                   2165: 
                   2166: static void
                   2167: find_and_verify_loops (f)
                   2168:      rtx f;
                   2169: {
                   2170:   rtx insn;
                   2171:   int current_loop = -1;
                   2172:   int next_loop = -1;
                   2173:   int loop;
                   2174: 
                   2175:   /* If there are jumps to undefined labels,
                   2176:      treat them as jumps out of any/all loops.
                   2177:      This also avoids writing past end of tables when there are no loops.  */
                   2178:   uid_loop_num[0] = -1;
                   2179: 
                   2180:   /* Find boundaries of loops, mark which loops are contained within
                   2181:      loops, and invalidate loops that have setjmp.  */
                   2182: 
                   2183:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2184:     {
                   2185:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
                   2186:        switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn))
                   2187:          {
                   2188:          case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG:
                   2189:            loop_number_loop_starts[++next_loop] =  insn;
                   2190:            loop_number_loop_ends[next_loop] = 0;
                   2191:            loop_outer_loop[next_loop] = current_loop;
                   2192:            loop_invalid[next_loop] = 0;
                   2193:            loop_number_exit_labels[next_loop] = 0;
                   2194:            current_loop = next_loop;
                   2195:            break;
                   2196: 
                   2197:          case NOTE_INSN_SETJMP:
                   2198:            /* In this case, we must invalidate our current loop and any
                   2199:               enclosing loop.  */
                   2200:            for (loop = current_loop; loop != -1; loop = loop_outer_loop[loop])
                   2201:              {
                   2202:                loop_invalid[loop] = 1;
                   2203:                if (loop_dump_stream)
                   2204:                  fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   2205:                           "\nLoop at %d ignored due to setjmp.\n",
                   2206:                           INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[loop]));
                   2207:              }
                   2208:            break;
                   2209: 
                   2210:          case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END:
                   2211:            if (current_loop == -1)
                   2212:              abort ();
                   2213: 
                   2214:            loop_number_loop_ends[current_loop] = insn;
                   2215:            current_loop = loop_outer_loop[current_loop];
                   2216:            break;
                   2217: 
                   2218:          }
                   2219: 
                   2220:       /* Note that this will mark the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END note as being in the
                   2221:         enclosing loop, but this doesn't matter.  */
                   2222:       uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)] = current_loop;
                   2223:     }
                   2224: 
                   2225:   /* Now scan all JUMP_INSN's in the function.  If any branches into a loop
                   2226:      that it is not contained within, that loop is marked invalid.
                   2227: 
                   2228:      Also look for blocks of code ending in an unconditional branch that
                   2229:      exits the loop.  If such a block is surrounded by a conditional 
                   2230:      branch around the block, move the block elsewhere (see below) and
                   2231:      invert the jump to point to the code block.  This may eliminate a
                   2232:      label in our loop and will simplify processing by both us and a
                   2233:      possible second cse pass.  */
                   2234: 
                   2235:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2236:     if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
                   2237:       {
                   2238:        int this_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)];
                   2239: 
                   2240:        mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (insn), this_loop_num);
                   2241: 
                   2242:        /* See if this is an unconditional branch outside the loop.  */
                   2243:        if (this_loop_num != -1
                   2244:            && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == RETURN
                   2245:                || (simplejump_p (insn)
                   2246:                    && (uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))]
1.1.1.4 ! root     2247:                        != this_loop_num)))
        !          2248:            && get_max_uid () < max_uid_for_loop)
1.1       root     2249:          {
                   2250:            rtx p;
                   2251:            rtx our_next = next_real_insn (insn);
                   2252: 
                   2253:            /* Go backwards until we reach the start of the loop, a label,
                   2254:               or a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2255:            for (p = PREV_INSN (insn);
                   2256:                 GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL
                   2257:                 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   2258:                       && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                   2259:                 && GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN;
                   2260:                 p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   2261:              ;
                   2262: 
                   2263:            /* If we stopped on a JUMP_INSN to the next insn after INSN,
                   2264:               we have a block of code to try to move.
                   2265: 
                   2266:               We look backward and then forward from the target of INSN
                   2267:               to find a BARRIER at the same loop depth as the target.
                   2268:               If we find such a BARRIER, we make a new label for the start
                   2269:               of the block, invert the jump in P and point it to that label,
                   2270:               and move the block of code to the spot we found.  */
                   2271: 
                   2272:            if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
1.1.1.4 ! root     2273:                && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
        !          2274:                /* Just ignore jumps to labels that were never emitted.
        !          2275:                   These always indicate compilation errors.  */
        !          2276:                && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) != 0
        !          2277:                && condjump_p (p)
        !          2278:                && ! simplejump_p (p)
        !          2279:                && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == our_next)
1.1       root     2280:              {
                   2281:                rtx target
                   2282:                  = JUMP_LABEL (insn) ? JUMP_LABEL (insn) : get_last_insn ();
                   2283:                int target_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (target)];
                   2284:                rtx loc;
                   2285: 
                   2286:                for (loc = target; loc; loc = PREV_INSN (loc))
                   2287:                  if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
                   2288:                      && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
                   2289:                    break;
                   2290: 
                   2291:                if (loc == 0)
                   2292:                  for (loc = target; loc; loc = NEXT_INSN (loc))
                   2293:                    if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
                   2294:                        && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
                   2295:                      break;
                   2296: 
                   2297:                if (loc)
                   2298:                  {
                   2299:                    rtx cond_label = JUMP_LABEL (p);
                   2300:                    rtx new_label = get_label_after (p);
                   2301: 
                   2302:                    /* Ensure our label doesn't go away.  */
                   2303:                    LABEL_NUSES (cond_label)++;
                   2304: 
                   2305:                    /* Verify that uid_loop_num is large enough and that
                   2306:                       we can invert P. */
1.1.1.4 ! root     2307:                   if (invert_jump (p, new_label))
1.1       root     2308:                     {
                   2309:                       rtx q, r;
                   2310: 
                   2311:                       /* Include the BARRIER after INSN and copy the
                   2312:                          block after LOC.  */
1.1.1.3   root     2313:                       new_label = squeeze_notes (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn));
1.1       root     2314:                       reorder_insns (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn), loc);
                   2315: 
                   2316:                       /* All those insns are now in TARGET_LOOP_NUM.  */
                   2317:                       for (q = new_label; q != NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (insn));
                   2318:                            q = NEXT_INSN (q))
                   2319:                         uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (q)] = target_loop_num;
                   2320: 
                   2321:                       /* The label jumped to by INSN is no longer a loop exit.
                   2322:                          Unless INSN does not have a label (e.g., it is a
                   2323:                          RETURN insn), search loop_number_exit_labels to find
                   2324:                          its label_ref, and remove it.  Also turn off
                   2325:                          LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P bit.  */
                   2326:                       if (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2327:                         {
                   2328:                           for (q = 0,
                   2329:                                r = loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num];
                   2330:                                r; q = r, r = LABEL_NEXTREF (r))
                   2331:                             if (XEXP (r, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2332:                               {
                   2333:                                 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (r) = 0;
                   2334:                                 if (q)
                   2335:                                   LABEL_NEXTREF (q) = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
                   2336:                                 else
                   2337:                                   loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num]
                   2338:                                     = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
                   2339:                                 break;
                   2340:                               }
                   2341: 
                   2342:                           /* If we didn't find it, then something is wrong. */
                   2343:                           if (! r)
                   2344:                             abort ();
                   2345:                         }
                   2346: 
                   2347:                       /* P is now a jump outside the loop, so it must be put
                   2348:                          in loop_number_exit_labels, and marked as such.
                   2349:                          The easiest way to do this is to just call
                   2350:                          mark_loop_jump again for P.  */
                   2351:                       mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (p), this_loop_num);
                   2352: 
                   2353:                       /* If INSN now jumps to the insn after it,
                   2354:                          delete INSN.  */
                   2355:                       if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
                   2356:                           && (next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2357:                               == next_real_insn (insn)))
                   2358:                         delete_insn (insn);
                   2359:                     }
                   2360: 
                   2361:                    /* Continue the loop after where the conditional
                   2362:                       branch used to jump, since the only branch insn
                   2363:                       in the block (if it still remains) is an inter-loop
                   2364:                       branch and hence needs no processing.  */
                   2365:                    insn = NEXT_INSN (cond_label);
                   2366: 
                   2367:                    if (--LABEL_NUSES (cond_label) == 0)
                   2368:                      delete_insn (cond_label);
                   2369:                  }
                   2370:              }
                   2371:          }
                   2372:       }
                   2373: }
                   2374: 
                   2375: /* If any label in X jumps to a loop different from LOOP_NUM and any of the
                   2376:    loops it is contained in, mark the target loop invalid.
                   2377: 
                   2378:    For speed, we assume that X is part of a pattern of a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2379: 
                   2380: static void
                   2381: mark_loop_jump (x, loop_num)
                   2382:      rtx x;
                   2383:      int loop_num;
                   2384: {
                   2385:   int dest_loop;
                   2386:   int outer_loop;
                   2387:   int i;
                   2388: 
                   2389:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   2390:     {
                   2391:     case PC:
                   2392:     case USE:
                   2393:     case CLOBBER:
                   2394:     case REG:
                   2395:     case MEM:
                   2396:     case CONST_INT:
                   2397:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2398:     case RETURN:
                   2399:       return;
                   2400: 
                   2401:     case CONST:
                   2402:       /* There could be a label reference in here.  */
                   2403:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2404:       return;
                   2405: 
                   2406:     case PLUS:
                   2407:     case MINUS:
                   2408:     case MULT:
                   2409:     case LSHIFT:
                   2410:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2411:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
                   2412:       return;
                   2413: 
                   2414:     case SIGN_EXTEND:
                   2415:     case ZERO_EXTEND:
                   2416:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2417:       return;
                   2418: 
                   2419:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2420:       dest_loop = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0))];
                   2421: 
                   2422:       /* Link together all labels that branch outside the loop.  This
                   2423:         is used by final_[bg]iv_value and the loop unrolling code.  Also
                   2424:         mark this LABEL_REF so we know that this branch should predict
                   2425:         false.  */
                   2426: 
                   2427:       if (dest_loop != loop_num && loop_num != -1)
                   2428:        {
                   2429:          LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (x) = 1;
                   2430:          LABEL_NEXTREF (x) = loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num];
                   2431:          loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num] = x;
                   2432:        }
                   2433: 
                   2434:       /* If this is inside a loop, but not in the current loop or one enclosed
                   2435:         by it, it invalidates at least one loop.  */
                   2436: 
                   2437:       if (dest_loop == -1)
                   2438:        return;
                   2439: 
                   2440:       /* We must invalidate every nested loop containing the target of this
                   2441:         label, except those that also contain the jump insn.  */
                   2442: 
                   2443:       for (; dest_loop != -1; dest_loop = loop_outer_loop[dest_loop])
                   2444:        {
                   2445:          /* Stop when we reach a loop that also contains the jump insn.  */
                   2446:          for (outer_loop = loop_num; outer_loop != -1;
                   2447:               outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
                   2448:            if (dest_loop == outer_loop)
                   2449:              return;
                   2450: 
                   2451:          /* If we get here, we know we need to invalidate a loop.  */
                   2452:          if (loop_dump_stream && ! loop_invalid[dest_loop])
                   2453:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   2454:                     "\nLoop at %d ignored due to multiple entry points.\n",
                   2455:                     INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[dest_loop]));
                   2456:          
                   2457:          loop_invalid[dest_loop] = 1;
                   2458:        }
                   2459:       return;
                   2460: 
                   2461:     case SET:
                   2462:       /* If this is not setting pc, ignore.  */
                   2463:       if (SET_DEST (x) == pc_rtx)
                   2464:        mark_loop_jump (SET_SRC (x), loop_num);
                   2465:       return;
                   2466: 
                   2467:     case IF_THEN_ELSE:
                   2468:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
                   2469:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 2), loop_num);
                   2470:       return;
                   2471: 
                   2472:     case PARALLEL:
                   2473:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   2474:       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 0); i++)
                   2475:        mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), loop_num);
                   2476:       return;
                   2477: 
                   2478:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   2479:       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 1); i++)
                   2480:        mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 1, i), loop_num);
                   2481:       return;
                   2482: 
                   2483:     default:
                   2484:       /* Nothing else should occur in a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2485:       abort ();
                   2486:     }
                   2487: }
                   2488: 
                   2489: /* Return nonzero if there is a label in the range from
                   2490:    insn INSN to and including the insn whose luid is END
                   2491:    INSN must have an assigned luid (i.e., it must not have
                   2492:    been previously created by loop.c).  */
                   2493: 
                   2494: static int
                   2495: labels_in_range_p (insn, end)
                   2496:      rtx insn;
                   2497:      int end;
                   2498: {
                   2499:   while (insn && INSN_LUID (insn) <= end)
                   2500:     {
                   2501:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
                   2502:        return 1;
                   2503:       insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   2504:     }
                   2505: 
                   2506:   return 0;
                   2507: }
                   2508: 
                   2509: /* Record that a memory reference X is being set.  */
                   2510: 
                   2511: static void
                   2512: note_addr_stored (x)
                   2513:      rtx x;
                   2514: {
                   2515:   register int i;
                   2516: 
                   2517:   if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
                   2518:     return;
                   2519: 
                   2520:   /* Count number of memory writes.
                   2521:      This affects heuristics in strength_reduce.  */
                   2522:   num_mem_sets++;
                   2523: 
                   2524:   if (unknown_address_altered)
                   2525:     return;
                   2526: 
                   2527:   for (i = 0; i < loop_store_mems_idx; i++)
                   2528:     if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (loop_store_mems[i], 0), XEXP (x, 0))
                   2529:        && MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x) == MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (loop_store_mems[i]))
                   2530:       {
                   2531:        /* We are storing at the same address as previously noted.  Save the
                   2532:           wider reference, treating BLKmode as wider.  */
                   2533:        if (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode
                   2534:            || (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
                   2535:                > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (loop_store_mems[i]))))
                   2536:          loop_store_mems[i] = x;
                   2537:        break;
                   2538:       }
                   2539: 
                   2540:   if (i == NUM_STORES)
                   2541:     unknown_address_altered = 1;
                   2542: 
                   2543:   else if (i == loop_store_mems_idx)
                   2544:     loop_store_mems[loop_store_mems_idx++] = x;
                   2545: }
                   2546: 
                   2547: /* Return nonzero if the rtx X is invariant over the current loop.
                   2548: 
                   2549:    The value is 2 if we refer to something only conditionally invariant.
                   2550: 
                   2551:    If `unknown_address_altered' is nonzero, no memory ref is invariant.
                   2552:    Otherwise, a memory ref is invariant if it does not conflict with
                   2553:    anything stored in `loop_store_mems'.  */
                   2554: 
                   2555: int
                   2556: invariant_p (x)
                   2557:      register rtx x;
                   2558: {
                   2559:   register int i;
                   2560:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   2561:   register char *fmt;
                   2562:   int conditional = 0;
                   2563: 
                   2564:   if (x == 0)
                   2565:     return 1;
                   2566:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2567:   switch (code)
                   2568:     {
                   2569:     case CONST_INT:
                   2570:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2571:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   2572:     case CONST:
                   2573:       return 1;
                   2574: 
                   2575:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2576:       /* A LABEL_REF is normally invariant, however, if we are unrolling
                   2577:         loops, and this label is inside the loop, then it isn't invariant.
                   2578:         This is because each unrolled copy of the loop body will have
                   2579:         a copy of this label.  If this was invariant, then an insn loading
                   2580:         the address of this label into a register might get moved outside
                   2581:         the loop, and then each loop body would end up using the same label.
                   2582: 
                   2583:         We don't know the loop bounds here though, so just fail for all
                   2584:         labels.  */
                   2585:       if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   2586:        return 0;
                   2587:       else
                   2588:        return 1;
                   2589: 
                   2590:     case PC:
                   2591:     case CC0:
                   2592:     case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
                   2593:       return 0;
                   2594: 
                   2595:     case REG:
                   2596:       /* We used to check RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) here, but that is invalid
                   2597:         since the reg might be set by initialization within the loop.  */
                   2598:       if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
                   2599:        return 1;
                   2600:       if (loop_has_call
                   2601:          && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)])
                   2602:        return 0;
                   2603:       if (n_times_set[REGNO (x)] < 0)
                   2604:        return 2;
                   2605:       return n_times_set[REGNO (x)] == 0;
                   2606: 
                   2607:     case MEM:
                   2608:       /* Read-only items (such as constants in a constant pool) are
                   2609:         invariant if their address is.  */
                   2610:       if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x))
                   2611:        break;
                   2612: 
                   2613:       /* If we filled the table (or had a subroutine call), any location
                   2614:         in memory could have been clobbered.  */
                   2615:       if (unknown_address_altered
                   2616:          /* Don't mess with volatile memory references.  */
                   2617:          || MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
                   2618:        return 0;
                   2619: 
                   2620:       /* See if there is any dependence between a store and this load.  */
                   2621:       for (i = loop_store_mems_idx - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2622:        if (true_dependence (loop_store_mems[i], x))
                   2623:          return 0;
                   2624: 
                   2625:       /* It's not invalidated by a store in memory
                   2626:         but we must still verify the address is invariant.  */
                   2627:       break;
                   2628: 
                   2629:     case ASM_OPERANDS:
                   2630:       /* Don't mess with insns declared volatile.  */
                   2631:       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
                   2632:        return 0;
                   2633:     }
                   2634: 
                   2635:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2636:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2637:     {
                   2638:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   2639:        {
                   2640:          int tem = invariant_p (XEXP (x, i));
                   2641:          if (tem == 0)
                   2642:            return 0;
                   2643:          if (tem == 2)
                   2644:            conditional = 1;
                   2645:        }
                   2646:       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2647:        {
                   2648:          register int j;
                   2649:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2650:            {
                   2651:              int tem = invariant_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
                   2652:              if (tem == 0)
                   2653:                return 0;
                   2654:              if (tem == 2)
                   2655:                conditional = 1;
                   2656:            }
                   2657: 
                   2658:        }
                   2659:     }
                   2660: 
                   2661:   return 1 + conditional;
                   2662: }
                   2663: 
                   2664: /* Return 1 if OTHER (a mem ref) overlaps the area of memory
                   2665:    which is SIZE bytes starting at BASE.  */
                   2666: 
                   2667: int
                   2668: addr_overlap_p (other, base, size)
                   2669:      rtx other;
                   2670:      rtx base;
1.1.1.4 ! root     2671:      HOST_WIDE_INT size;
1.1       root     2672: {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2673:   HOST_WIDE_INT start = 0, end;
1.1       root     2674: 
                   2675:   if (GET_CODE (base) == CONST)
                   2676:     base = XEXP (base, 0);
                   2677:   if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS
                   2678:       && GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   2679:     {
                   2680:       start = INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1));
                   2681:       base = XEXP (base, 0);
                   2682:     }
                   2683: 
                   2684:   end = start + size;
                   2685:   return refers_to_mem_p (other, base, start, end);
                   2686: }
                   2687: 
                   2688: /* Return nonzero if all the insns in the loop that set REG
                   2689:    are INSN and the immediately following insns,
                   2690:    and if each of those insns sets REG in an invariant way
                   2691:    (not counting uses of REG in them).
                   2692: 
                   2693:    The value is 2 if some of these insns are only conditionally invariant.
                   2694: 
                   2695:    We assume that INSN itself is the first set of REG
                   2696:    and that its source is invariant.  */
                   2697: 
                   2698: static int
                   2699: consec_sets_invariant_p (reg, n_sets, insn)
                   2700:      int n_sets;
                   2701:      rtx reg, insn;
                   2702: {
                   2703:   register rtx p = insn;
                   2704:   register int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   2705:   rtx temp;
                   2706:   /* Number of sets we have to insist on finding after INSN.  */
                   2707:   int count = n_sets - 1;
                   2708:   int old = n_times_set[regno];
                   2709:   int value = 0;
                   2710:   int this;
                   2711: 
                   2712:   /* If N_SETS hit the limit, we can't rely on its value.  */
                   2713:   if (n_sets == 127)
                   2714:     return 0;
                   2715: 
                   2716:   n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                   2717: 
                   2718:   while (count > 0)
                   2719:     {
                   2720:       register enum rtx_code code;
                   2721:       rtx set;
                   2722: 
                   2723:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   2724:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   2725: 
                   2726:       /* If library call, skip to end of of it.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     2727:       if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     2728:        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   2729: 
                   2730:       this = 0;
                   2731:       if (code == INSN
                   2732:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   2733:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   2734:          && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == regno)
                   2735:        {
                   2736:          this = invariant_p (SET_SRC (set));
                   2737:          if (this != 0)
                   2738:            value |= this;
1.1.1.4 ! root     2739:          else if (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     2740:            {
                   2741:              this = invariant_p (XEXP (temp, 0));
                   2742:              if (this != 0)
                   2743:                value |= this;
                   2744:            }
                   2745:        }
                   2746:       if (this != 0)
                   2747:        count--;
                   2748:       else if (code != NOTE)
                   2749:        {
                   2750:          n_times_set[regno] = old;
                   2751:          return 0;
                   2752:        }
                   2753:     }
                   2754: 
                   2755:   n_times_set[regno] = old;
                   2756:   /* If invariant_p ever returned 2, we return 2.  */
                   2757:   return 1 + (value & 2);
                   2758: }
                   2759: 
                   2760: #if 0
                   2761: /* I don't think this condition is sufficient to allow INSN
                   2762:    to be moved, so we no longer test it.  */
                   2763: 
                   2764: /* Return 1 if all insns in the basic block of INSN and following INSN
                   2765:    that set REG are invariant according to TABLE.  */
                   2766: 
                   2767: static int
                   2768: all_sets_invariant_p (reg, insn, table)
                   2769:      rtx reg, insn;
                   2770:      short *table;
                   2771: {
                   2772:   register rtx p = insn;
                   2773:   register int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   2774: 
                   2775:   while (1)
                   2776:     {
                   2777:       register enum rtx_code code;
                   2778:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   2779:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   2780:       if (code == CODE_LABEL || code == JUMP_INSN)
                   2781:        return 1;
                   2782:       if (code == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
                   2783:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == REG
                   2784:          && REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == regno)
                   2785:        {
                   2786:          if (!invariant_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), table))
                   2787:            return 0;
                   2788:        }
                   2789:     }
                   2790: }
                   2791: #endif /* 0 */
                   2792: 
                   2793: /* Look at all uses (not sets) of registers in X.  For each, if it is
                   2794:    the single use, set USAGE[REGNO] to INSN; if there was a previous use in
                   2795:    a different insn, set USAGE[REGNO] to const0_rtx.  */
                   2796: 
                   2797: static void
                   2798: find_single_use_in_loop (insn, x, usage)
                   2799:      rtx insn;
                   2800:      rtx x;
                   2801:      rtx *usage;
                   2802: {
                   2803:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2804:   char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2805:   int i, j;
                   2806: 
                   2807:   if (code == REG)
                   2808:     usage[REGNO (x)]
                   2809:       = (usage[REGNO (x)] != 0 && usage[REGNO (x)] != insn)
                   2810:        ? const0_rtx : insn;
                   2811: 
                   2812:   else if (code == SET)
                   2813:     {
                   2814:       /* Don't count SET_DEST if it is a REG; otherwise count things
                   2815:         in SET_DEST because if a register is partially modified, it won't
                   2816:         show up as a potential movable so we don't care how USAGE is set 
                   2817:         for it.  */
                   2818:       if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG)
                   2819:        find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_DEST (x), usage);
                   2820:       find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_SRC (x), usage);
                   2821:     }
                   2822:   else
                   2823:     for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2824:       {
                   2825:        if (fmt[i] == 'e' && XEXP (x, i) != 0)
                   2826:          find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XEXP (x, i), usage);
                   2827:        else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2828:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   2829:            find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j), usage);
                   2830:       }
                   2831: }
                   2832: 
                   2833: /* Increment N_TIMES_SET at the index of each register
                   2834:    that is modified by an insn between FROM and TO.
                   2835:    If the value of an element of N_TIMES_SET becomes 127 or more,
                   2836:    stop incrementing it, to avoid overflow.
                   2837: 
                   2838:    Store in SINGLE_USAGE[I] the single insn in which register I is
                   2839:    used, if it is only used once.  Otherwise, it is set to 0 (for no
                   2840:    uses) or const0_rtx for more than one use.  This parameter may be zero,
                   2841:    in which case this processing is not done.
                   2842: 
                   2843:    Store in *COUNT_PTR the number of actual instruction
                   2844:    in the loop.  We use this to decide what is worth moving out.  */
                   2845: 
                   2846: /* last_set[n] is nonzero iff reg n has been set in the current basic block.
                   2847:    In that case, it is the insn that last set reg n.  */
                   2848: 
                   2849: static void
                   2850: count_loop_regs_set (from, to, may_not_move, single_usage, count_ptr, nregs)
                   2851:      register rtx from, to;
                   2852:      char *may_not_move;
                   2853:      rtx *single_usage;
                   2854:      int *count_ptr;
                   2855:      int nregs;
                   2856: {
                   2857:   register rtx *last_set = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2858:   register rtx insn;
                   2859:   register int count = 0;
                   2860:   register rtx dest;
                   2861: 
                   2862:   bzero (last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2863:   for (insn = from; insn != to; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2864:     {
                   2865:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
                   2866:        {
                   2867:          ++count;
                   2868: 
                   2869:          /* If requested, record registers that have exactly one use.  */
                   2870:          if (single_usage)
                   2871:            {
                   2872:              find_single_use_in_loop (insn, PATTERN (insn), single_usage);
                   2873: 
                   2874:              /* Include uses in REG_EQUAL notes.  */
                   2875:              if (REG_NOTES (insn))
                   2876:                find_single_use_in_loop (insn, REG_NOTES (insn), single_usage);
                   2877:            }
                   2878: 
                   2879:          if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
                   2880:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG)
                   2881:            /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
                   2882:               We might do so sometimes, but it's not worth the pain.  */
                   2883:            may_not_move[REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0))] = 1;
                   2884: 
                   2885:          if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   2886:              || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
                   2887:            {
                   2888:              dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
                   2889:              while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   2890:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   2891:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   2892:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   2893:                dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   2894:              if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   2895:                {
                   2896:                  register int regno = REGNO (dest);
                   2897:                  /* If this is the first setting of this reg
                   2898:                     in current basic block, and it was set before,
                   2899:                     it must be set in two basic blocks, so it cannot
                   2900:                     be moved out of the loop.  */
                   2901:                  if (n_times_set[regno] > 0 && last_set[regno] == 0)
                   2902:                    may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2903:                  /* If this is not first setting in current basic block,
                   2904:                     see if reg was used in between previous one and this.
                   2905:                     If so, neither one can be moved.  */
                   2906:                  if (last_set[regno] != 0
                   2907:                      && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
                   2908:                    may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2909:                  if (n_times_set[regno] < 127)
                   2910:                    ++n_times_set[regno];
                   2911:                  last_set[regno] = insn;
                   2912:                }
                   2913:            }
                   2914:          else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
                   2915:            {
                   2916:              register int i;
                   2917:              for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2918:                {
                   2919:                  register rtx x = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i);
                   2920:                  if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
                   2921:                    /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
                   2922:                       It's not worth the pain to try to do it correctly.  */
                   2923:                    may_not_move[REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))] = 1;
                   2924: 
                   2925:                  if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
                   2926:                    {
                   2927:                      dest = SET_DEST (x);
                   2928:                      while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   2929:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   2930:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   2931:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   2932:                        dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   2933:                      if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   2934:                        {
                   2935:                          register int regno = REGNO (dest);
                   2936:                          if (n_times_set[regno] > 0 && last_set[regno] == 0)
                   2937:                            may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2938:                          if (last_set[regno] != 0
                   2939:                              && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
                   2940:                            may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2941:                          if (n_times_set[regno] < 127)
                   2942:                            ++n_times_set[regno];
                   2943:                          last_set[regno] = insn;
                   2944:                        }
                   2945:                    }
                   2946:                }
                   2947:            }
                   2948:        }
                   2949:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
                   2950:        bzero (last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2951:     }
                   2952:   *count_ptr = count;
                   2953: }
                   2954: 
                   2955: /* Given a loop that is bounded by LOOP_START and LOOP_END
                   2956:    and that is entered at SCAN_START,
                   2957:    return 1 if the register set in SET contained in insn INSN is used by
                   2958:    any insn that precedes INSN in cyclic order starting
                   2959:    from the loop entry point.
                   2960: 
                   2961:    We don't want to use INSN_LUID here because if we restrict INSN to those
                   2962:    that have a valid INSN_LUID, it means we cannot move an invariant out
                   2963:    from an inner loop past two loops.  */
                   2964: 
                   2965: static int
                   2966: loop_reg_used_before_p (set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end)
                   2967:      rtx set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end;
                   2968: {
                   2969:   rtx reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   2970:   rtx p;
                   2971: 
                   2972:   /* Scan forward checking for register usage.  If we hit INSN, we
                   2973:      are done.  Otherwise, if we hit LOOP_END, wrap around to LOOP_START.  */
                   2974:   for (p = scan_start; p != insn; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   2975:     {
                   2976:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
                   2977:          && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   2978:        return 1;
                   2979: 
                   2980:       if (p == loop_end)
                   2981:        p = loop_start;
                   2982:     }
                   2983: 
                   2984:   return 0;
                   2985: }
                   2986: 
                   2987: /* A "basic induction variable" or biv is a pseudo reg that is set
                   2988:    (within this loop) only by incrementing or decrementing it.  */
                   2989: /* A "general induction variable" or giv is a pseudo reg whose
                   2990:    value is a linear function of a biv.  */
                   2991: 
                   2992: /* Bivs are recognized by `basic_induction_var';
                   2993:    Givs by `general_induct_var'.  */
                   2994: 
                   2995: /* Indexed by register number, indicates whether or not register is an
                   2996:    induction variable, and if so what type.  */
                   2997: 
                   2998: enum iv_mode *reg_iv_type;
                   2999: 
                   3000: /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct induction'
                   3001:    if register is an induction variable.  This holds general info for
                   3002:    all induction variables.  */
                   3003: 
                   3004: struct induction **reg_iv_info;
                   3005: 
                   3006: /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct iv_class'
                   3007:    if register is a basic induction variable.  This holds info describing
                   3008:    the class (a related group) of induction variables that the biv belongs
                   3009:    to.  */
                   3010: 
                   3011: struct iv_class **reg_biv_class;
                   3012: 
                   3013: /* The head of a list which links together (via the next field)
                   3014:    every iv class for the current loop.  */
                   3015: 
                   3016: struct iv_class *loop_iv_list;
                   3017: 
                   3018: /* Communication with routines called via `note_stores'.  */
                   3019: 
                   3020: static rtx note_insn;
                   3021: 
                   3022: /* Dummy register to have non-zero DEST_REG for DEST_ADDR type givs.  */
                   3023: 
                   3024: static rtx addr_placeholder;
                   3025: 
                   3026: /* ??? Unfinished optimizations, and possible future optimizations,
                   3027:    for the strength reduction code.  */
                   3028: 
                   3029: /* ??? There is one more optimization you might be interested in doing: to
                   3030:    allocate pseudo registers for frequently-accessed memory locations.
                   3031:    If the same memory location is referenced each time around, it might
                   3032:    be possible to copy it into a register before and out after.
                   3033:    This is especially useful when the memory location is a variable which
                   3034:    is in a stack slot because somewhere its address is taken.  If the
                   3035:    loop doesn't contain a function call and the variable isn't volatile,
                   3036:    it is safe to keep the value in a register for the duration of the
                   3037:    loop. One tricky thing is that the copying of the value back from the
                   3038:    register has to be done on all exits from the loop.  You need to check that
                   3039:    all the exits from the loop go to the same place. */
                   3040: 
                   3041: /* ??? The interaction of biv elimination, and recognition of 'constant'
                   3042:    bivs, may cause problems. */
                   3043: 
                   3044: /* ??? Add heuristics so that DEST_ADDR strength reduction does not cause
                   3045:    performance problems.
                   3046: 
                   3047:    Perhaps don't eliminate things that can be combined with an addressing
                   3048:    mode.  Find all givs that have the same biv, mult_val, and add_val;
                   3049:    then for each giv, check to see if its only use dies in a following
                   3050:    memory address.  If so, generate a new memory address and check to see
                   3051:    if it is valid.   If it is valid, then store the modified memory address,
                   3052:    otherwise, mark the giv as not done so that it will get its own iv.  */
                   3053: 
                   3054: /* ??? Could try to optimize branches when it is known that a biv is always
                   3055:    positive.  */
                   3056: 
                   3057: /* ??? When replace a biv in a compare insn, we should replace with closest
                   3058:    giv so that an optimized branch can still be recognized by the combiner,
                   3059:    e.g. the VAX acb insn.  */
                   3060: 
                   3061: /* ??? Many of the checks involving uid_luid could be simplified if regscan
                   3062:    was rerun in loop_optimize whenever a register was added or moved.
                   3063:    Also, some of the optimizations could be a little less conservative.  */
                   3064: 
                   3065: /* Perform strength reduction and induction variable elimination.  */
                   3066: 
                   3067: /* Pseudo registers created during this function will be beyond the last
                   3068:    valid index in several tables including n_times_set and regno_last_uid.
                   3069:    This does not cause a problem here, because the added registers cannot be
                   3070:    givs outside of their loop, and hence will never be reconsidered.
                   3071:    But scan_loop must check regnos to make sure they are in bounds.  */
                   3072: 
                   3073: static void
                   3074: strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top, insn_count,
                   3075:                 loop_start, loop_end)
                   3076:      rtx scan_start;
                   3077:      rtx end;
                   3078:      rtx loop_top;
                   3079:      int insn_count;
                   3080:      rtx loop_start;
                   3081:      rtx loop_end;
                   3082: {
                   3083:   rtx p;
                   3084:   rtx set;
                   3085:   rtx inc_val;
                   3086:   rtx mult_val;
                   3087:   rtx dest_reg;
                   3088:   /* This is 1 if current insn is not executed at least once for every loop
                   3089:      iteration.  */
                   3090:   int not_every_iteration = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     3091:   /* This is 1 if current insn may be executed more than once for every
                   3092:      loop iteration.  */
                   3093:   int maybe_multiple = 0;
1.1       root     3094:   /* Temporary list pointers for traversing loop_iv_list.  */
                   3095:   struct iv_class *bl, **backbl;
                   3096:   /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
                   3097:      for saving an instruction.  More if loop doesn't call subroutines
                   3098:      since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
                   3099:      and more registers are available.  */
                   3100:   /* ??? could set this to last value of threshold in move_movables */
                   3101:   int threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (3 + n_non_fixed_regs);
                   3102:   /* Map of pseudo-register replacements.  */
                   3103:   rtx *reg_map;
                   3104:   int call_seen;
                   3105:   rtx test;
                   3106:   rtx end_insert_before;
                   3107: 
                   3108:   reg_iv_type = (enum iv_mode *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop
                   3109:                                         * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
                   3110:   bzero ((char *) reg_iv_type, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
                   3111:   reg_iv_info = (struct induction **)
                   3112:     alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct induction *));
                   3113:   bzero ((char *) reg_iv_info, (max_reg_before_loop
                   3114:                                * sizeof (struct induction *)));
                   3115:   reg_biv_class = (struct iv_class **)
                   3116:     alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct iv_class *));
                   3117:   bzero ((char *) reg_biv_class, (max_reg_before_loop
                   3118:                                  * sizeof (struct iv_class *)));
                   3119: 
                   3120:   loop_iv_list = 0;
                   3121:   addr_placeholder = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
                   3122: 
                   3123:   /* Save insn immediately after the loop_end.  Insns inserted after loop_end
                   3124:      must be put before this insn, so that they will appear in the right
                   3125:      order (i.e. loop order).  */
                   3126: 
                   3127:   end_insert_before = NEXT_INSN (loop_end);
                   3128: 
                   3129:   /* Scan through loop to find all possible bivs.  */
                   3130: 
                   3131:   p = scan_start;
                   3132:   while (1)
                   3133:     {
                   3134:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3135:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                   3136:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                   3137:       if (p == scan_start)
                   3138:        break;
                   3139:       if (p == end)
                   3140:        {
                   3141:          if (loop_top != 0)
                   3142:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3143:          else
                   3144:            break;
                   3145:          if (p == scan_start)
                   3146:            break;
                   3147:        }
                   3148: 
                   3149:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                   3150:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   3151:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
                   3152:        {
                   3153:          dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   3154:          if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3155:              && REGNO (dest_reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   3156:              && reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] != NOT_BASIC_INDUCT)
                   3157:            {
1.1.1.4 ! root     3158:              if (basic_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), dest_reg, p,
1.1       root     3159:                                      &inc_val, &mult_val))
                   3160:                {
                   3161:                  /* It is a possible basic induction variable.
                   3162:                     Create and initialize an induction structure for it.  */
                   3163: 
                   3164:                  struct induction *v
                   3165:                    = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   3166: 
                   3167:                  record_biv (v, p, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val,
1.1.1.3   root     3168:                              not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple);
1.1       root     3169:                  reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3170:                }
                   3171:              else if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop)
                   3172:                reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3173:            }
                   3174:        }
                   3175: 
1.1.1.3   root     3176:       /* Past CODE_LABEL, we get to insns that may be executed multiple
                   3177:         times.  The only way we can be sure that they can't is if every
                   3178:         every jump insn between here and the end of the loop either
                   3179:         returns, exits the loop, or is a forward jump.  */
                   3180: 
                   3181:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
                   3182:        {
                   3183:          rtx insn = p;
                   3184: 
                   3185:          maybe_multiple = 0;
                   3186: 
                   3187:          while (1)
                   3188:            {
                   3189:              insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   3190:              if (insn == scan_start)
                   3191:                break;
                   3192:              if (insn == end)
                   3193:                {
                   3194:                  if (loop_top != 0)
                   3195:                    insn = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3196:                  else
                   3197:                    break;
                   3198:                  if (insn == scan_start)
                   3199:                    break;
                   3200:                }
                   3201: 
                   3202:              if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
                   3203:                  && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != RETURN
                   3204:                  && (! condjump_p (insn)
                   3205:                      || (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
                   3206:                          && (INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn)) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   3207:                              || INSN_UID (insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   3208:                              || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   3209:                                  < INSN_LUID (insn))))))
                   3210:              {
                   3211:                maybe_multiple = 1;
                   3212:                break;
                   3213:              }
                   3214:            }
                   3215:        }
                   3216: 
1.1       root     3217:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
                   3218:         on whether or how many times they will be executed during each
                   3219:         iteration.  */
                   3220:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                   3221:         in strength_reduce.  */
                   3222:       if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                   3223:          /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
                   3224:             beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
                   3225:             This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
                   3226:             will be executed if the loop is executed.  */
                   3227:          && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                   3228:                && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
                   3229:                    || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
                   3230:        not_every_iteration = 1;
                   3231: 
                   3232:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                   3233:         be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
                   3234:         even though the exit code has been duplicated.  */
                   3235: 
                   3236:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   3237:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                   3238:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3239: 
                   3240:       /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
                   3241:         an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
                   3242:         or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
                   3243:         loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
                   3244: 
                   3245:         Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
                   3246:         between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
                   3247:         will be executed each iteration.  This can also happen if we
                   3248:         have just passed a jump, for example, when there are nested loops.  */
                   3249: 
                   3250:       if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
                   3251:          && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
                   3252:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3253:     }
                   3254: 
                   3255:   /* Scan loop_iv_list to remove all regs that proved not to be bivs.
                   3256:      Make a sanity check against n_times_set.  */
                   3257:   for (backbl = &loop_iv_list, bl = *backbl; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3258:     {
                   3259:       if (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
                   3260:          /* Above happens if register modified by subreg, etc.  */
                   3261:          /* Make sure it is not recognized as a basic induction var: */
                   3262:          || n_times_set[bl->regno] != bl->biv_count
                   3263:          /* If never incremented, it is invariant that we decided not to
                   3264:             move.  So leave it alone.  */
                   3265:          || ! bl->incremented)
                   3266:        {
                   3267:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3268:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv discarded, %s\n",
                   3269:                     bl->regno,
                   3270:                     (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
                   3271:                      ? "not induction variable"
                   3272:                      : (! bl->incremented ? "never incremented"
                   3273:                         : "count error")));
                   3274:          
                   3275:          reg_iv_type[bl->regno] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3276:          *backbl = bl->next;
                   3277:        }
                   3278:       else
                   3279:        {
                   3280:          backbl = &bl->next;
                   3281: 
                   3282:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3283:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv verified\n", bl->regno);
                   3284:        }
                   3285:     }
                   3286: 
                   3287:   /* Exit if there are no bivs.  */
                   3288:   if (! loop_iv_list)
                   3289:     {
                   3290:       /* Can still unroll the loop anyways, but indicate that there is no
                   3291:         strength reduction info available.  */
                   3292:       if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   3293:        unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 0);
                   3294: 
                   3295:       return;
                   3296:     }
                   3297: 
                   3298:   /* Find initial value for each biv by searching backwards from loop_start,
                   3299:      halting at first label.  Also record any test condition.  */
                   3300: 
                   3301:   call_seen = 0;
                   3302:   for (p = loop_start; p && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   3303:     {
                   3304:       note_insn = p;
                   3305: 
                   3306:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3307:        call_seen = 1;
                   3308: 
                   3309:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3310:          || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3311:        note_stores (PATTERN (p), record_initial);
                   3312: 
                   3313:       /* Record any test of a biv that branches around the loop if no store
                   3314:         between it and the start of loop.  We only care about tests with
                   3315:         constants and registers and only certain of those.  */
                   3316:       if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3317:          && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                   3318:          && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == next_real_insn (loop_end)
                   3319:          && (test = get_condition_for_loop (p)) != 0
                   3320:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (test, 0)) == REG
                   3321:          && REGNO (XEXP (test, 0)) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3322:          && (bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (XEXP (test, 0))]) != 0
                   3323:          && valid_initial_value_p (XEXP (test, 1), p, call_seen, loop_start)
                   3324:          && bl->init_insn == 0)
                   3325:        {
                   3326:          /* If an NE test, we have an initial value!  */
                   3327:          if (GET_CODE (test) == NE)
                   3328:            {
                   3329:              bl->init_insn = p;
                   3330:              bl->init_set = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   3331:                                      XEXP (test, 0), XEXP (test, 1));
                   3332:            }
                   3333:          else
                   3334:            bl->initial_test = test;
                   3335:        }
                   3336:     }
                   3337: 
                   3338:   /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
                   3339:      initial value from any initializing insns set up above.  (This is done
                   3340:      in two passes to avoid missing SETs in a PARALLEL.)  */
                   3341:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3342:     {
                   3343:       rtx src;
                   3344: 
                   3345:       if (! bl->init_insn)
                   3346:        continue;
                   3347: 
                   3348:       src = SET_SRC (bl->init_set);
                   3349: 
                   3350:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3351:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3352:                 "Biv %d initialized at insn %d: initial value ",
                   3353:                 bl->regno, INSN_UID (bl->init_insn));
                   3354: 
                   3355:       if (valid_initial_value_p (src, bl->init_insn, call_seen, loop_start))
                   3356:        {
                   3357:          bl->initial_value = src;
                   3358: 
                   3359:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3360:            {
                   3361:              if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT)
                   3362:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "%d\n", INTVAL (src));
                   3363:              else
                   3364:                {
                   3365:                  print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, src);
                   3366:                  fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3367:                }
                   3368:            }
                   3369:        }
                   3370:       else
                   3371:        {
                   3372:          /* Biv initial value is not simple move,
1.1.1.2   root     3373:             so let it keep initial value of "itself".  */
1.1       root     3374: 
                   3375:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3376:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "is complex\n");
                   3377:        }
                   3378:     }
                   3379: 
                   3380:   /* Search the loop for general induction variables.  */
                   3381: 
                   3382:   /* A register is a giv if: it is only set once, it is a function of a
                   3383:      biv and a constant (or invariant), and it is not a biv.  */
                   3384: 
                   3385:   not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3386:   p = scan_start;
                   3387:   while (1)
                   3388:     {
                   3389:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3390:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                   3391:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                   3392:       if (p == scan_start)
                   3393:        break;
                   3394:       if (p == end)
                   3395:        {
                   3396:          if (loop_top != 0)
                   3397:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3398:          else
                   3399:            break;
                   3400:          if (p == scan_start)
                   3401:            break;
                   3402:        }
                   3403: 
                   3404:       /* Look for a general induction variable in a register.  */
                   3405:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                   3406:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   3407:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   3408:          && ! may_not_optimize[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))])
                   3409:        {
                   3410:          rtx src_reg;
                   3411:          rtx add_val;
                   3412:          rtx mult_val;
                   3413:          int benefit;
                   3414:          rtx regnote = 0;
                   3415: 
                   3416:          dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   3417:          if (REGNO (dest_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   3418:            continue;
                   3419: 
                   3420:          if (/* SET_SRC is a giv.  */
                   3421:              ((benefit = general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set),
                   3422:                                                 &src_reg, &add_val,
                   3423:                                                 &mult_val))
                   3424:               /* Equivalent expression is a giv. */
1.1.1.4 ! root     3425:               || ((regnote = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     3426:                   && (benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (regnote, 0),
                   3427:                                                        &src_reg,
                   3428:                                                        &add_val, &mult_val))))
                   3429:              /* Don't try to handle any regs made by loop optimization.
                   3430:                 We have nothing on them in regno_first_uid, etc.  */
                   3431:              && REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3432:              /* Don't recognize a BASIC_INDUCT_VAR here.  */
                   3433:              && dest_reg != src_reg
                   3434:              /* This must be the only place where the register is set.  */
                   3435:              && (n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] == 1
                   3436:                  /* or all sets must be consecutive and make a giv. */
                   3437:                  || (benefit = consec_sets_giv (benefit, p,
                   3438:                                                 src_reg, dest_reg,
                   3439:                                                 &add_val, &mult_val))))
                   3440:            {
                   3441:              int count;
                   3442:              struct induction *v
                   3443:                = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   3444:              rtx temp;
                   3445: 
                   3446:              /* If this is a library call, increase benefit.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     3447:              if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     3448:                benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
                   3449: 
                   3450:              /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any.  */
                   3451:              for (count = n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] - 1;
                   3452:                   count > 0; count--)
                   3453:                {
                   3454:                  /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end.
                   3455:                     Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to
                   3456:                     be an insn here.  */
                   3457:                  if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4 ! root     3458:                      && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     3459:                    p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   3460: 
                   3461:                  do p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3462:                  while (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE);
                   3463:                }
                   3464: 
                   3465:              record_giv (v, p, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
1.1.1.4 ! root     3466:                          DEST_REG, not_every_iteration, NULL_PTR, loop_start,
1.1       root     3467:                          loop_end);
                   3468: 
                   3469:            }
                   3470:        }
                   3471: 
                   3472: #ifndef DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
                   3473:       /* Look for givs which are memory addresses.  */
                   3474:       /* This resulted in worse code on a VAX 8600.  I wonder if it
                   3475:         still does.  */
                   3476:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN)
                   3477:        find_mem_givs (PATTERN (p), p, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
                   3478:                       loop_end);
                   3479: #endif
                   3480: 
                   3481:       /* Update the status of whether giv can derive other givs.  This can
                   3482:         change when we pass a label or an insn that updates a biv.  */
1.1.1.3   root     3483:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3484:        || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
1.1       root     3485:        update_giv_derive (p);
                   3486: 
                   3487:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
                   3488:         on whether or how many times they will be executed during each
                   3489:         iteration.  */
                   3490:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                   3491:         in strength_reduce.  */
                   3492:       if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                   3493:          /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around
                   3494:             to the beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
                   3495:             This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
                   3496:             will be executed if the loop is executed.  */
                   3497:          && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                   3498:                && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
                   3499:                    || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
                   3500:        not_every_iteration = 1;
                   3501: 
                   3502:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                   3503:         be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
                   3504:         even though the exit code has been duplicated.  */
                   3505: 
                   3506:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   3507:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                   3508:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3509: 
                   3510:       /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
                   3511:         an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
                   3512:         or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
                   3513:         loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
                   3514: 
                   3515:         Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
                   3516:         between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
                   3517:         will be executed each iteration.  */
                   3518: 
                   3519:       if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
                   3520:          && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
                   3521:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3522:     }
                   3523: 
                   3524:   /* Try to calculate and save the number of loop iterations.  This is
                   3525:      set to zero if the actual number can not be calculated.  This must
                   3526:      be called after all giv's have been identified, since otherwise it may
                   3527:      fail if the iteration variable is a giv.  */
                   3528: 
                   3529:   loop_n_iterations = loop_iterations (loop_start, loop_end);
                   3530: 
                   3531:   /* Now for each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
                   3532:      replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
                   3533:      can be calculated.  This must be done after loop_iterations is called,
                   3534:      so that final_giv_value will work correctly.  */
                   3535: 
                   3536:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3537:     {
                   3538:       struct induction *v;
                   3539: 
                   3540:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3541:        if (! v->replaceable && ! v->not_replaceable)
                   3542:          check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end);
                   3543:     }
                   3544: 
                   3545:   /* Try to prove that the loop counter variable (if any) is always
                   3546:      nonnegative; if so, record that fact with a REG_NONNEG note
                   3547:      so that "decrement and branch until zero" insn can be used.  */
                   3548:   check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start);
                   3549: 
                   3550:   /* Create reg_map to hold substitutions for replaceable giv regs.  */
                   3551:   reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
                   3552:   bzero ((char *) reg_map, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
                   3553: 
                   3554:   /* Examine each iv class for feasibility of strength reduction/induction
                   3555:      variable elimination.  */
                   3556: 
                   3557:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3558:     {
                   3559:       struct induction *v;
                   3560:       int benefit;
                   3561:       int all_reduced;
                   3562:       rtx final_value = 0;
                   3563: 
                   3564:       /* Test whether it will be possible to eliminate this biv
                   3565:         provided all givs are reduced.  This is possible if either
                   3566:         the reg is not used outside the loop, or we can compute
                   3567:         what its final value will be.
                   3568: 
                   3569:         For architectures with a decrement_and_branch_until_zero insn,
                   3570:         don't do this if we put a REG_NONNEG note on the endtest for
                   3571:         this biv.  */
                   3572: 
                   3573:       /* Compare against bl->init_insn rather than loop_start.
                   3574:         We aren't concerned with any uses of the biv between
                   3575:         init_insn and loop_start since these won't be affected
                   3576:         by the value of the biv elsewhere in the function, so
                   3577:         long as init_insn doesn't use the biv itself.
                   3578:         March 14, 1989 -- [email protected] */
                   3579: 
                   3580:       if ((uid_luid[regno_last_uid[bl->regno]] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   3581:           && bl->init_insn
                   3582:           && INSN_UID (bl->init_insn) < max_uid_for_loop
                   3583:           && uid_luid[regno_first_uid[bl->regno]] >= INSN_LUID (bl->init_insn)
                   3584: #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
                   3585:           && ! bl->nonneg
                   3586: #endif
                   3587:           && ! reg_mentioned_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, SET_SRC (bl->init_set)))
                   3588:          || ((final_value = final_biv_value (bl, loop_start, loop_end))
                   3589: #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
                   3590:              && ! bl->nonneg
                   3591: #endif
                   3592:              ))
                   3593:        bl->eliminable = maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 0,
                   3594:                                              threshold, insn_count);
                   3595:       else
                   3596:        {
                   3597:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3598:            {
                   3599:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3600:                       "Cannot eliminate biv %d.\n",
                   3601:                       bl->regno);
                   3602:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3603:                       "First use: insn %d, last use: insn %d.\n",
                   3604:                       regno_first_uid[bl->regno],
                   3605:                       regno_last_uid[bl->regno]);
                   3606:            }
                   3607:        }
                   3608: 
                   3609:       /* Combine all giv's for this iv_class.  */
                   3610:       combine_givs (bl);
                   3611: 
                   3612:       /* This will be true at the end, if all givs which depend on this
                   3613:         biv have been strength reduced.
                   3614:         We can't (currently) eliminate the biv unless this is so.  */
                   3615:       all_reduced = 1;
                   3616: 
                   3617:       /* Check each giv in this class to see if we will benefit by reducing
                   3618:         it.  Skip giv's combined with others.  */
                   3619:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3620:        {
                   3621:          struct induction *tv;
                   3622: 
                   3623:          if (v->ignore || v->same)
                   3624:            continue;
                   3625: 
                   3626:          benefit = v->benefit;
                   3627: 
                   3628:          /* Reduce benefit if not replaceable, since we will insert
                   3629:             a move-insn to replace the insn that calculates this giv.
                   3630:             Don't do this unless the giv is a user variable, since it
                   3631:             will often be marked non-replaceable because of the duplication
                   3632:             of the exit code outside the loop.  In such a case, the copies
                   3633:             we insert are dead and will be deleted.  So they don't have
                   3634:             a cost.  Similar situations exist.  */
                   3635:          /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
                   3636:             of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no longer
                   3637:             be necessary.  */
                   3638:          if (! v->replaceable && ! bl->eliminable
                   3639:              && REG_USERVAR_P (v->dest_reg))
                   3640:            benefit -= copy_cost;
                   3641: 
                   3642:          /* Decrease the benefit to count the add-insns that we will
                   3643:             insert to increment the reduced reg for the giv.  */
                   3644:          benefit -= add_cost * bl->biv_count;
                   3645: 
                   3646:          /* Decide whether to strength-reduce this giv or to leave the code
                   3647:             unchanged (recompute it from the biv each time it is used).
                   3648:             This decision can be made independently for each giv.  */
                   3649: 
                   3650:          /* ??? Perhaps attempt to guess whether autoincrement will handle
                   3651:             some of the new add insns; if so, can increase BENEFIT
                   3652:             (undo the subtraction of add_cost that was done above).  */
                   3653: 
                   3654:          /* If an insn is not to be strength reduced, then set its ignore
                   3655:             flag, and clear all_reduced.  */
                   3656: 
                   3657:          if (v->lifetime * threshold * benefit < insn_count)
                   3658:            {
                   3659:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3660:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3661:                         "giv of insn %d not worth while, %d vs %d.\n",
                   3662:                         INSN_UID (v->insn),
                   3663:                         v->lifetime * threshold * benefit, insn_count);
                   3664:              v->ignore = 1;
                   3665:              all_reduced = 0;
                   3666:            }
                   3667:          else
                   3668:            {
                   3669:              /* Check that we can increment the reduced giv without a
                   3670:                 multiply insn.  If not, reject it.  */
                   3671: 
                   3672:              for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   3673:                if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx
                   3674:                    && ! product_cheap_p (tv->add_val, v->mult_val))
                   3675:                  {
                   3676:                    if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3677:                      fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3678:                               "giv of insn %d: would need a multiply.\n",
                   3679:                               INSN_UID (v->insn));
                   3680:                    v->ignore = 1;
                   3681:                    all_reduced = 0;
                   3682:                    break;
                   3683:                  }
                   3684:            }
                   3685:        }
                   3686: 
                   3687:       /* Reduce each giv that we decided to reduce.  */
                   3688: 
                   3689:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3690:        {
                   3691:          struct induction *tv;
                   3692:          if (! v->ignore && v->same == 0)
                   3693:            {
                   3694:              v->new_reg = gen_reg_rtx (v->mode);
                   3695: 
                   3696:              /* For each place where the biv is incremented,
                   3697:                 add an insn to increment the new, reduced reg for the giv.  */
                   3698:              for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   3699:                {
                   3700:                  if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   3701:                    emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
                   3702:                                      v->new_reg, v->new_reg, tv->insn);
                   3703:                  else /* tv->mult_val == const0_rtx */
                   3704:                    /* A multiply is acceptable here
                   3705:                       since this is presumed to be seldom executed.  */
                   3706:                    emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
                   3707:                                      v->add_val, v->new_reg, tv->insn);
                   3708:                }
                   3709: 
                   3710:              /* Add code at loop start to initialize giv's reduced reg.  */
                   3711: 
                   3712:              emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
                   3713:                                v->add_val, v->new_reg, loop_start);
                   3714:            }
                   3715:        }
                   3716: 
                   3717:       /* Rescan all givs.  If a giv is the same as a giv not reduced, mark it
                   3718:         as not reduced.
                   3719:         
                   3720:         For each giv register that can be reduced now: if replaceable,
                   3721:         substitute reduced reg wherever the old giv occurs;
                   3722:         else add new move insn "giv_reg = reduced_reg".
                   3723: 
                   3724:         Also check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
                   3725:         last use is the definition of another giv.  If so, it is likely
                   3726:         dead and should not be used to eliminate a biv.  */
                   3727:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3728:        {
                   3729:          if (v->same && v->same->ignore)
                   3730:            v->ignore = 1;
                   3731: 
                   3732:          if (v->ignore)
                   3733:            continue;
                   3734: 
                   3735:          if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG
                   3736:              && regno_first_uid[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (v->insn))
                   3737:            {
                   3738:              struct induction *v1;
                   3739: 
                   3740:              for (v1 = bl->giv; v1; v1 = v1->next_iv)
                   3741:                if (regno_last_uid[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (v1->insn))
                   3742:                  v->maybe_dead = 1;
                   3743:            }
                   3744: 
                   3745:          /* Update expression if this was combined, in case other giv was
                   3746:             replaced.  */
                   3747:          if (v->same)
                   3748:            v->new_reg = replace_rtx (v->new_reg,
                   3749:                                      v->same->dest_reg, v->same->new_reg);
                   3750: 
                   3751:          if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
                   3752:            /* Store reduced reg as the address in the memref where we found
                   3753:               this giv.  */
                   3754:            *v->location = v->new_reg;
                   3755:          else if (v->replaceable)
                   3756:            {
                   3757:              reg_map[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] = v->new_reg;
                   3758: 
                   3759: #if 0
                   3760:              /* I can no longer duplicate the original problem.  Perhaps
                   3761:                 this is unnecessary now?  */
                   3762: 
                   3763:              /* Replaceable; it isn't strictly necessary to delete the old
                   3764:                 insn and emit a new one, because v->dest_reg is now dead.
                   3765: 
                   3766:                 However, especially when unrolling loops, the special
                   3767:                 handling for (set REG0 REG1) in the second cse pass may
                   3768:                 make v->dest_reg live again.  To avoid this problem, emit
                   3769:                 an insn to set the original giv reg from the reduced giv.
                   3770:                 We can not delete the original insn, since it may be part
                   3771:                 of a LIBCALL, and the code in flow that eliminates dead
                   3772:                 libcalls will fail if it is deleted.  */
                   3773:              emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
                   3774:                               v->insn);
                   3775: #endif
                   3776:            }
                   3777:          else
                   3778:            {
                   3779:              /* Not replaceable; emit an insn to set the original giv reg from
                   3780:                 the reduced giv, same as above.  */
                   3781:              emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
                   3782:                               v->insn);
                   3783:            }
                   3784: 
                   3785:          /* When a loop is reversed, givs which depend on the reversed
                   3786:             biv, and which are live outside the loop, must be set to their
                   3787:             correct final value.  This insn is only needed if the giv is
                   3788:             not replaceable.  The correct final value is the same as the
                   3789:             value that the giv starts the reversed loop with.  */
                   3790:          if (bl->reversed && ! v->replaceable)
                   3791:            emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
                   3792:                              v->add_val, v->dest_reg, end_insert_before);
                   3793:          else if (v->final_value)
                   3794:            {
                   3795:              rtx insert_before;
                   3796: 
                   3797:              /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
                   3798:                 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
                   3799:                 how the loop exits.  Otherwise, emit the insn after the loop,
                   3800:                 since this is slightly more efficient.  */
                   3801:              if (loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   3802:                insert_before = loop_start;
                   3803:              else
                   3804:                insert_before = end_insert_before;
                   3805:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->final_value),
                   3806:                                insert_before);
                   3807: 
                   3808: #if 0
                   3809:              /* If the insn to set the final value of the giv was emitted
                   3810:                 before the loop, then we must delete the insn inside the loop
                   3811:                 that sets it.  If this is a LIBCALL, then we must delete
                   3812:                 every insn in the libcall.  Note, however, that
                   3813:                 final_giv_value will only succeed when there are multiple
                   3814:                 exits if the giv is dead at each exit, hence it does not
                   3815:                 matter that the original insn remains because it is dead
                   3816:                 anyways.  */
                   3817:              /* Delete the insn inside the loop that sets the giv since
                   3818:                 the giv is now set before (or after) the loop.  */
                   3819:              delete_insn (v->insn);
                   3820: #endif
                   3821:            }
                   3822: 
                   3823:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3824:            {
                   3825:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d reduced to ",
                   3826:                       INSN_UID (v->insn));
                   3827:              print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, v->new_reg);
                   3828:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3829:            }
                   3830:        }
                   3831: 
                   3832:       /* All the givs based on the biv bl have been reduced if they
                   3833:         merit it.  */
                   3834: 
                   3835:       /* For each giv not marked as maybe dead that has been combined with a
                   3836:         second giv, clear any "maybe dead" mark on that second giv.
                   3837:         v->new_reg will either be or refer to the register of the giv it
                   3838:         combined with.
                   3839: 
                   3840:         Doing this clearing avoids problems in biv elimination where a
                   3841:         giv's new_reg is a complex value that can't be put in the insn but
                   3842:         the giv combined with (with a reg as new_reg) is marked maybe_dead.
                   3843:         Since the register will be used in either case, we'd prefer it be
                   3844:         used from the simpler giv.  */
                   3845: 
                   3846:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3847:        if (! v->maybe_dead && v->same)
                   3848:          v->same->maybe_dead = 0;
                   3849: 
                   3850:       /* Try to eliminate the biv, if it is a candidate.
                   3851:         This won't work if ! all_reduced,
                   3852:         since the givs we planned to use might not have been reduced.
                   3853: 
1.1.1.2   root     3854:         We have to be careful that we didn't initially think we could eliminate
1.1       root     3855:         this biv because of a giv that we now think may be dead and shouldn't
                   3856:         be used as a biv replacement.  
                   3857: 
                   3858:         Also, there is the possibility that we may have a giv that looks
                   3859:         like it can be used to eliminate a biv, but the resulting insn
                   3860:         isn't valid.  This can happen, for example, on the 88k, where a 
                   3861:         JUMP_INSN can compare a register only with zero.  Attempts to
1.1.1.3   root     3862:         replace it with a compare with a constant will fail.
1.1       root     3863: 
                   3864:         Note that in cases where this call fails, we may have replaced some
                   3865:         of the occurrences of the biv with a giv, but no harm was done in
                   3866:         doing so in the rare cases where it can occur.  */
                   3867: 
                   3868:       if (all_reduced == 1 && bl->eliminable
                   3869:          && maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 1,
                   3870:                                  threshold, insn_count))
                   3871: 
                   3872:        {
                   3873:          /* ?? If we created a new test to bypass the loop entirely,
                   3874:             or otherwise drop straight in, based on this test, then
                   3875:             we might want to rewrite it also.  This way some later
                   3876:             pass has more hope of removing the initialization of this
                   3877:             biv entirely. */
                   3878: 
                   3879:          /* If final_value != 0, then the biv may be used after loop end
                   3880:             and we must emit an insn to set it just in case.
                   3881: 
                   3882:             Reversed bivs already have an insn after the loop setting their
                   3883:             value, so we don't need another one.  We can't calculate the
                   3884:             proper final value for such a biv here anyways. */
                   3885:          if (final_value != 0 && ! bl->reversed)
                   3886:            {
                   3887:              rtx insert_before;
                   3888: 
                   3889:              /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
                   3890:                 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
                   3891:                 how the loop exits.  Otherwise, emit the insn after the
                   3892:                 loop, since this is slightly more efficient.  */
                   3893:              if (loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   3894:                insert_before = loop_start;
                   3895:              else
                   3896:                insert_before = end_insert_before;
                   3897: 
                   3898:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (bl->biv->dest_reg, final_value),
                   3899:                                end_insert_before);
                   3900:            }
                   3901: 
                   3902: #if 0
                   3903:          /* Delete all of the instructions inside the loop which set
                   3904:             the biv, as they are all dead.  If is safe to delete them,
                   3905:             because an insn setting a biv will never be part of a libcall.  */
                   3906:          /* However, deleting them will invalidate the regno_last_uid info,
                   3907:             so keeping them around is more convenient.  Final_biv_value
                   3908:             will only succeed when there are multiple exits if the biv
                   3909:             is dead at each exit, hence it does not matter that the original
                   3910:             insn remains, because it is dead anyways.  */
                   3911:          for (v = bl->biv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3912:            delete_insn (v->insn);
                   3913: #endif
                   3914: 
                   3915:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3916:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv eliminated\n",
                   3917:                     bl->regno);
                   3918:        }
                   3919:     }
                   3920: 
                   3921:   /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making all the
                   3922:      register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP.  */
                   3923: 
                   3924:   for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   3925:     if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3926:        || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3927:       {
                   3928:        replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
                   3929:        replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
                   3930:       }
                   3931: 
                   3932:   /* Unroll loops from within strength reduction so that we can use the
                   3933:      induction variable information that strength_reduce has already
                   3934:      collected.  */
                   3935:   
                   3936:   if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   3937:     unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 1);
                   3938: 
                   3939:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3940:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3941: }
                   3942: 
                   3943: /* Return 1 if X is a valid source for an initial value (or as value being
                   3944:    compared against in an initial test).
                   3945: 
                   3946:    X must be either a register or constant and must not be clobbered between
                   3947:    the current insn and the start of the loop.
                   3948: 
                   3949:    INSN is the insn containing X.  */
                   3950: 
                   3951: static int
                   3952: valid_initial_value_p (x, insn, call_seen, loop_start)
                   3953:      rtx x;
                   3954:      rtx insn;
                   3955:      int call_seen;
                   3956:      rtx loop_start;
                   3957: {
                   3958:   if (CONSTANT_P (x))
                   3959:     return 1;
                   3960: 
1.1.1.2   root     3961:   /* Only consider pseudos we know about initialized in insns whose luids
1.1       root     3962:      we know.  */
                   3963:   if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
                   3964:       || REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                   3965:     return 0;
                   3966: 
                   3967:   /* Don't use call-clobbered registers across a call which clobbers it.  On
                   3968:      some machines, don't use any hard registers at all.  */
                   3969:   if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   3970: #ifndef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   3971:       && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)] && call_seen
                   3972: #endif
                   3973:       )
                   3974:     return 0;
                   3975: 
                   3976:   /* Don't use registers that have been clobbered before the start of the
                   3977:      loop.  */
                   3978:   if (reg_set_between_p (x, insn, loop_start))
                   3979:     return 0;
                   3980: 
                   3981:   return 1;
                   3982: }
                   3983: 
                   3984: /* Scan X for memory refs and check each memory address
                   3985:    as a possible giv.  INSN is the insn whose pattern X comes from.
                   3986:    NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is 1 if the insn might not be executed during
                   3987:    every loop iteration.  */
                   3988: 
                   3989: static void
                   3990: find_mem_givs (x, insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start, loop_end)
                   3991:      rtx x;
                   3992:      rtx insn;
                   3993:      int not_every_iteration;
                   3994:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   3995: {
                   3996:   register int i, j;
                   3997:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   3998:   register char *fmt;
                   3999: 
                   4000:   if (x == 0)
                   4001:     return;
                   4002: 
                   4003:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   4004:   switch (code)
                   4005:     {
                   4006:     case REG:
                   4007:     case CONST_INT:
                   4008:     case CONST:
                   4009:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   4010:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   4011:     case LABEL_REF:
                   4012:     case PC:
                   4013:     case CC0:
                   4014:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   4015:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   4016:     case USE:
                   4017:     case CLOBBER:
                   4018:       return;
                   4019: 
                   4020:     case MEM:
                   4021:       {
                   4022:        rtx src_reg;
                   4023:        rtx add_val;
                   4024:        rtx mult_val;
                   4025:        int benefit;
                   4026: 
                   4027:        benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (x, 0),
                   4028:                                         &src_reg, &add_val, &mult_val);
                   4029: 
                   4030:        /* Don't make a DEST_ADDR giv with mult_val == 1 && add_val == 0.
                   4031:           Such a giv isn't useful.  */
                   4032:        if (benefit > 0 && (mult_val != const1_rtx || add_val != const0_rtx))
                   4033:          {
                   4034:            /* Found one; record it.  */
                   4035:            struct induction *v
                   4036:              = (struct induction *) oballoc (sizeof (struct induction));
                   4037: 
                   4038:            record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, addr_placeholder, mult_val,
                   4039:                        add_val, benefit, DEST_ADDR, not_every_iteration,
                   4040:                        &XEXP (x, 0), loop_start, loop_end);
                   4041: 
                   4042:            v->mem_mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   4043:          }
                   4044:        return;
                   4045:       }
                   4046:     }
                   4047: 
                   4048:   /* Recursively scan the subexpressions for other mem refs.  */
                   4049: 
                   4050:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   4051:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   4052:     if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   4053:       find_mem_givs (XEXP (x, i), insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
                   4054:                     loop_end);
                   4055:     else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   4056:       for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   4057:        find_mem_givs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, not_every_iteration,
                   4058:                       loop_start, loop_end);
                   4059: }
                   4060: 
                   4061: /* Fill in the data about one biv update.
                   4062:    V is the `struct induction' in which we record the biv.  (It is
                   4063:    allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
                   4064:    INSN is the insn that sets it.
                   4065:    DEST_REG is the biv's reg.
                   4066: 
                   4067:    MULT_VAL is const1_rtx if the biv is being incremented here, in which case
                   4068:    INC_VAL is the increment.  Otherwise, MULT_VAL is const0_rtx and the biv is
1.1.1.3   root     4069:    being set to INC_VAL.
                   4070: 
                   4071:    NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is nonzero if this biv update is not know to be
                   4072:    executed every iteration; MAYBE_MULTIPLE is nonzero if this biv update
                   4073:    can be executed more than once per iteration.  If MAYBE_MULTIPLE
                   4074:    and NOT_EVERY_ITERATION are both zero, we know that the biv update is
                   4075:    executed exactly once per iteration.  */
1.1       root     4076: 
                   4077: static void
1.1.1.3   root     4078: record_biv (v, insn, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val,
                   4079:            not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple)
1.1       root     4080:      struct induction *v;
                   4081:      rtx insn;
                   4082:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4083:      rtx inc_val;
                   4084:      rtx mult_val;
                   4085:      int not_every_iteration;
1.1.1.3   root     4086:      int maybe_multiple;
1.1       root     4087: {
                   4088:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4089: 
                   4090:   v->insn = insn;
                   4091:   v->src_reg = dest_reg;
                   4092:   v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
                   4093:   v->mult_val = mult_val;
                   4094:   v->add_val = inc_val;
                   4095:   v->mode = GET_MODE (dest_reg);
                   4096:   v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
1.1.1.3   root     4097:   v->maybe_multiple = maybe_multiple;
1.1       root     4098: 
                   4099:   /* Add this to the reg's iv_class, creating a class
                   4100:      if this is the first incrementation of the reg.  */
                   4101: 
                   4102:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)];
                   4103:   if (bl == 0)
                   4104:     {
                   4105:       /* Create and initialize new iv_class.  */
                   4106: 
                   4107:       bl = (struct iv_class *) oballoc (sizeof (struct iv_class));
                   4108: 
                   4109:       bl->regno = REGNO (dest_reg);
                   4110:       bl->biv = 0;
                   4111:       bl->giv = 0;
                   4112:       bl->biv_count = 0;
                   4113:       bl->giv_count = 0;
                   4114: 
                   4115:       /* Set initial value to the reg itself.  */
                   4116:       bl->initial_value = dest_reg;
1.1.1.3   root     4117:       /* We haven't seen the initializing insn yet */
1.1       root     4118:       bl->init_insn = 0;
                   4119:       bl->init_set = 0;
                   4120:       bl->initial_test = 0;
                   4121:       bl->incremented = 0;
                   4122:       bl->eliminable = 0;
                   4123:       bl->nonneg = 0;
                   4124:       bl->reversed = 0;
1.1.1.4 ! root     4125:       bl->total_benefit = 0;
1.1       root     4126: 
                   4127:       /* Add this class to loop_iv_list.  */
                   4128:       bl->next = loop_iv_list;
                   4129:       loop_iv_list = bl;
                   4130: 
                   4131:       /* Put it in the array of biv register classes.  */
                   4132:       reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)] = bl;
                   4133:     }
                   4134: 
                   4135:   /* Update IV_CLASS entry for this biv.  */
                   4136:   v->next_iv = bl->biv;
                   4137:   bl->biv = v;
                   4138:   bl->biv_count++;
                   4139:   if (mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   4140:     bl->incremented = 1;
                   4141: 
                   4142:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4143:     {
                   4144:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4145:               "Insn %d: possible biv, reg %d,",
                   4146:               INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
                   4147:       if (GET_CODE (inc_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4148:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const = %d\n",
                   4149:                 INTVAL (inc_val));
                   4150:       else
                   4151:        {
                   4152:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const = ");
                   4153:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, inc_val);
                   4154:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   4155:        }
                   4156:     }
                   4157: }
                   4158: 
                   4159: /* Fill in the data about one giv.
                   4160:    V is the `struct induction' in which we record the giv.  (It is
                   4161:    allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
                   4162:    INSN is the insn that sets it.
                   4163:    BENEFIT estimates the savings from deleting this insn.
                   4164:    TYPE is DEST_REG or DEST_ADDR; it says whether the giv is computed
                   4165:    into a register or is used as a memory address.
                   4166: 
                   4167:    SRC_REG is the biv reg which the giv is computed from.
                   4168:    DEST_REG is the giv's reg (if the giv is stored in a reg).
                   4169:    MULT_VAL and ADD_VAL are the coefficients used to compute the giv.
                   4170:    LOCATION points to the place where this giv's value appears in INSN.  */
                   4171: 
                   4172: static void
                   4173: record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
                   4174:            type, not_every_iteration, location, loop_start, loop_end)
                   4175:      struct induction *v;
                   4176:      rtx insn;
                   4177:      rtx src_reg;
                   4178:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4179:      rtx mult_val, add_val;
                   4180:      int benefit;
                   4181:      enum g_types type;
                   4182:      int not_every_iteration;
                   4183:      rtx *location;
                   4184:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   4185: {
                   4186:   struct induction *b;
                   4187:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4188:   rtx set = single_set (insn);
                   4189:   rtx p;
                   4190: 
                   4191:   v->insn = insn;
                   4192:   v->src_reg = src_reg;
                   4193:   v->giv_type = type;
                   4194:   v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
                   4195:   v->mult_val = mult_val;
                   4196:   v->add_val = add_val;
                   4197:   v->benefit = benefit;
                   4198:   v->location = location;
                   4199:   v->cant_derive = 0;
                   4200:   v->combined_with = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     4201:   v->maybe_multiple = 0;
1.1       root     4202:   v->maybe_dead = 0;
                   4203:   v->derive_adjustment = 0;
                   4204:   v->same = 0;
                   4205:   v->ignore = 0;
                   4206:   v->new_reg = 0;
                   4207:   v->final_value = 0;
                   4208: 
                   4209:   /* The v->always_computable field is used in update_giv_derive, to
                   4210:      determine whether a giv can be used to derive another giv.  For a
                   4211:      DEST_REG giv, INSN computes a new value for the giv, so its value
                   4212:      isn't computable if INSN insn't executed every iteration.
                   4213:      However, for a DEST_ADDR giv, INSN merely uses the value of the giv;
                   4214:      it does not compute a new value.  Hence the value is always computable
1.1.1.2   root     4215:      regardless of whether INSN is executed each iteration.  */
1.1       root     4216: 
                   4217:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4218:     v->always_computable = 1;
                   4219:   else
                   4220:     v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
                   4221: 
                   4222:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4223:     {
                   4224:       v->mode = GET_MODE (*location);
                   4225:       v->lifetime = 1;
                   4226:       v->times_used = 1;
                   4227:     }
                   4228:   else /* type == DEST_REG */
                   4229:     {
                   4230:       v->mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
                   4231: 
                   4232:       v->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]
                   4233:                     - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]);
                   4234: 
                   4235:       v->times_used = n_times_used[REGNO (dest_reg)];
                   4236: 
                   4237:       /* If the lifetime is zero, it means that this register is
                   4238:         really a dead store.  So mark this as a giv that can be
                   4239:         ignored.  This will not prevent the biv from being eliminated. */
                   4240:       if (v->lifetime == 0)
                   4241:        v->ignore = 1;
                   4242: 
                   4243:       reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
                   4244:       reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
                   4245:     }
                   4246: 
                   4247:   /* Add the giv to the class of givs computed from one biv.  */
                   4248: 
                   4249:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (src_reg)];
                   4250:   if (bl)
                   4251:     {
                   4252:       v->next_iv = bl->giv;
                   4253:       bl->giv = v;
                   4254:       /* Don't count DEST_ADDR.  This is supposed to count the number of
                   4255:         insns that calculate givs.  */
                   4256:       if (type == DEST_REG)
                   4257:        bl->giv_count++;
                   4258:       bl->total_benefit += benefit;
                   4259:     }
                   4260:   else
                   4261:     /* Fatal error, biv missing for this giv?  */
                   4262:     abort ();
                   4263: 
                   4264:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4265:     v->replaceable = 1;
                   4266:   else
                   4267:     {
                   4268:       /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
                   4269:         of the following conditions are true:
                   4270:         - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
                   4271:           on which the giv is used at all
                   4272:           (there are two ways to deduce this:
                   4273:            either the insn is executed on every iteration,
                   4274:            or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
                   4275:         - the giv is not used outside the loop
                   4276:         - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  */
                   4277: 
                   4278:       if (regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (insn)
                   4279:          /* Previous line always fails if INSN was moved by loop opt.  */
                   4280:          && uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   4281:          && (! not_every_iteration
                   4282:              || last_use_this_basic_block (dest_reg, insn)))
                   4283:        {
                   4284:          /* Now check that there are no assignments to the biv within the
                   4285:             giv's lifetime.  This requires two separate checks.  */
                   4286: 
                   4287:          /* Check each biv update, and fail if any are between the first
                   4288:             and last use of the giv.
                   4289:             
                   4290:             If this loop contains an inner loop that was unrolled, then
                   4291:             the insn modifying the biv may have been emitted by the loop
                   4292:             unrolling code, and hence does not have a valid luid.  Just
                   4293:             mark the biv as not replaceable in this case.  It is not very
                   4294:             useful as a biv, because it is used in two different loops.
                   4295:             It is very unlikely that we would be able to optimize the giv
                   4296:             using this biv anyways.  */
                   4297: 
                   4298:          v->replaceable = 1;
                   4299:          for (b = bl->biv; b; b = b->next_iv)
                   4300:            {
                   4301:              if (INSN_UID (b->insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   4302:                  || ((uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
                   4303:                       >= uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]])
                   4304:                      && (uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
                   4305:                          <= uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]])))
                   4306:                {
                   4307:                  v->replaceable = 0;
                   4308:                  v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4309:                  break;
                   4310:                }
                   4311:            }
                   4312: 
                   4313:          /* Check each insn between the first and last use of the giv,
                   4314:             and fail if any of them are branches that jump to a named label
                   4315:             outside this range, but still inside the loop.  This catches
                   4316:             cases of spaghetti code where the execution order of insns
                   4317:             is not linear, and hence the above test fails.  For example,
                   4318:             in the following code, j is not replaceable:
                   4319:             for (i = 0; i < 100; )      {
                   4320:             L0:        j = 4*i; goto L1;
                   4321:             L2:        k = j;   goto L3;
                   4322:             L1:        i++;     goto L2;
                   4323:             L3:        ;        }
                   4324:             printf ("k = %d\n", k); }
                   4325:             This test is conservative, but this test succeeds rarely enough
                   4326:             that it isn't a problem.  See also check_final_value below.  */
                   4327: 
                   4328:          if (v->replaceable)
                   4329:            for (p = insn;
                   4330:                 INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   4331:                 || INSN_LUID (p) < uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]];
                   4332:                 p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   4333:              {
                   4334:                if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
                   4335:                    && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4336:                    && ((INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop_start)
                   4337:                         && (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4338:                             < uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]))
                   4339:                        || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   4340:                            && (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4341:                                > uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]))))
                   4342:                  {
                   4343:                    v->replaceable = 0;
                   4344:                    v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4345: 
                   4346:                    if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4347:                      fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4348:                               "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
                   4349: 
                   4350:                    break;
                   4351:                  }
                   4352:              }
                   4353:        }
                   4354:       else
                   4355:        {
                   4356:          /* May still be replaceable, we don't have enough info here to
                   4357:             decide.  */
                   4358:          v->replaceable = 0;
                   4359:          v->not_replaceable = 0;
                   4360:        }
                   4361:     }
                   4362: 
                   4363:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4364:     {
                   4365:       if (type == DEST_REG)
                   4366:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d",
                   4367:                 INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
                   4368:       else
                   4369:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: dest address",
                   4370:                 INSN_UID (insn));
                   4371: 
                   4372:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " src reg %d benefit %d",
                   4373:               REGNO (src_reg), v->benefit);
                   4374:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " used %d lifetime %d",
                   4375:               v->times_used, v->lifetime);
                   4376: 
                   4377:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4378:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " replaceable");
                   4379: 
                   4380:       if (GET_CODE (mult_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4381:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult %d",
                   4382:                 INTVAL (mult_val));
                   4383:       else
                   4384:        {
                   4385:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult ");
                   4386:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, mult_val);
                   4387:        }
                   4388: 
                   4389:       if (GET_CODE (add_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4390:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add %d",
                   4391:                 INTVAL (add_val));
                   4392:       else
                   4393:        {
                   4394:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add ");
                   4395:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, add_val);
                   4396:        }
                   4397:     }
                   4398: 
                   4399:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4400:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   4401: 
                   4402: }
                   4403: 
                   4404: 
                   4405: /* All this does is determine whether a giv can be made replaceable because
                   4406:    its final value can be calculated.  This code can not be part of record_giv
                   4407:    above, because final_giv_value requires that the number of loop iterations
                   4408:    be known, and that can not be accurately calculated until after all givs
                   4409:    have been identified.  */
                   4410: 
                   4411: static void
                   4412: check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end)
                   4413:      struct induction *v;
                   4414:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   4415: {
                   4416:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4417:   rtx final_value = 0;
                   4418:   rtx tem;
                   4419: 
                   4420:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (v->src_reg)];
                   4421: 
                   4422:   /* DEST_ADDR givs will never reach here, because they are always marked
                   4423:      replaceable above in record_giv.  */
                   4424: 
                   4425:   /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
                   4426:      of the following conditions are true:
                   4427:      - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
                   4428:        on which the giv is used at all
                   4429:        (there are two ways to deduce this:
                   4430:         either the insn is executed on every iteration,
                   4431:         or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
                   4432:      - its final value can be calculated (this condition is different
                   4433:        than the one above in record_giv)
                   4434:      - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  */
                   4435: 
                   4436: #if 0
                   4437:   /* This is only called now when replaceable is known to be false.  */
                   4438:   /* Clear replaceable, so that it won't confuse final_giv_value.  */
                   4439:   v->replaceable = 0;
                   4440: #endif
                   4441: 
                   4442:   if ((final_value = final_giv_value (v, loop_start, loop_end))
                   4443:       && (v->always_computable || last_use_this_basic_block (v->dest_reg, v->insn)))
                   4444:     {
                   4445:       int biv_increment_seen = 0;
                   4446:       rtx p = v->insn;
                   4447:       rtx last_giv_use;
                   4448: 
                   4449:       v->replaceable = 1;
                   4450: 
                   4451:       /* When trying to determine whether or not a biv increment occurs
                   4452:         during the lifetime of the giv, we can ignore uses of the variable
                   4453:         outside the loop because final_value is true.  Hence we can not
                   4454:         use regno_last_uid and regno_first_uid as above in record_giv.  */
                   4455: 
                   4456:       /* Search the loop to determine whether any assignments to the
                   4457:         biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  Start with the insn
                   4458:         that sets the giv, and search around the loop until we come
                   4459:         back to that insn again.
                   4460: 
                   4461:         Also fail if there is a jump within the giv's lifetime that jumps
                   4462:         to somewhere outside the lifetime but still within the loop.  This
                   4463:         catches spaghetti code where the execution order is not linear, and
                   4464:         hence the above test fails.  Here we assume that the giv lifetime
                   4465:         does not extend from one iteration of the loop to the next, so as
                   4466:         to make the test easier.  Since the lifetime isn't known yet,
                   4467:         this requires two loops.  See also record_giv above.  */
                   4468: 
                   4469:       last_giv_use = v->insn;
                   4470: 
                   4471:       while (1)
                   4472:        {
                   4473:          p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   4474:          if (p == loop_end)
                   4475:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                   4476:          if (p == v->insn)
                   4477:            break;
                   4478: 
                   4479:          if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   4480:              || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   4481:            {
                   4482:              if (biv_increment_seen)
                   4483:                {
                   4484:                  if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   4485:                    {
                   4486:                      v->replaceable = 0;
                   4487:                      v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4488:                      break;
                   4489:                    }
                   4490:                }
                   4491:              else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
                   4492:                       && SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)) == v->src_reg)
                   4493:                biv_increment_seen = 1;
                   4494:              else if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   4495:                last_giv_use = p;
                   4496:            }
                   4497:        }
                   4498:       
                   4499:       /* Now that the lifetime of the giv is known, check for branches
                   4500:         from within the lifetime to outside the lifetime if it is still
                   4501:         replaceable.  */
                   4502: 
                   4503:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4504:        {
                   4505:          p = v->insn;
                   4506:          while (1)
                   4507:            {
                   4508:              p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   4509:              if (p == loop_end)
                   4510:                p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                   4511:              if (p == last_giv_use)
                   4512:                break;
                   4513: 
                   4514:              if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
                   4515:                  && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4516:                  && ((INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (v->insn)
                   4517:                       && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
                   4518:                      || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (last_giv_use)
                   4519:                          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop_end))))
                   4520:                {
                   4521:                  v->replaceable = 0;
                   4522:                  v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4523: 
                   4524:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4525:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4526:                             "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
                   4527: 
                   4528:                  break;
                   4529:                }
                   4530:            }
                   4531:        }
                   4532: 
                   4533:       /* If it is replaceable, then save the final value.  */
                   4534:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4535:        v->final_value = final_value;
                   4536:     }
                   4537: 
                   4538:   if (loop_dump_stream && v->replaceable)
                   4539:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d final_value replaceable\n",
                   4540:             INSN_UID (v->insn), REGNO (v->dest_reg));
                   4541: }
                   4542: 
                   4543: /* Update the status of whether a giv can derive other givs.
                   4544: 
                   4545:    We need to do something special if there is or may be an update to the biv
                   4546:    between the time the giv is defined and the time it is used to derive
                   4547:    another giv.
                   4548: 
                   4549:    In addition, a giv that is only conditionally set is not allowed to
                   4550:    derive another giv once a label has been passed.
                   4551: 
                   4552:    The cases we look at are when a label or an update to a biv is passed.  */
                   4553: 
                   4554: static void
                   4555: update_giv_derive (p)
                   4556:      rtx p;
                   4557: {
                   4558:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4559:   struct induction *biv, *giv;
                   4560:   rtx tem;
                   4561:   int dummy;
                   4562: 
                   4563:   /* Search all IV classes, then all bivs, and finally all givs.
                   4564: 
1.1.1.3   root     4565:      There are three cases we are concerned with.  First we have the situation
1.1       root     4566:      of a giv that is only updated conditionally.  In that case, it may not
                   4567:      derive any givs after a label is passed.
                   4568: 
                   4569:      The second case is when a biv update occurs, or may occur, after the
                   4570:      definition of a giv.  For certain biv updates (see below) that are
                   4571:      known to occur between the giv definition and use, we can adjust the
                   4572:      giv definition.  For others, or when the biv update is conditional,
                   4573:      we must prevent the giv from deriving any other givs.  There are two
                   4574:      sub-cases within this case.
                   4575: 
                   4576:      If this is a label, we are concerned with any biv update that is done
                   4577:      conditionally, since it may be done after the giv is defined followed by
                   4578:      a branch here (actually, we need to pass both a jump and a label, but
                   4579:      this extra tracking doesn't seem worth it).
                   4580: 
1.1.1.3   root     4581:      If this is a jump, we are concerned about any biv update that may be
                   4582:      executed multiple times.  We are actually only concerned about
                   4583:      backward jumps, but it is probably not worth performing the test
                   4584:      on the jump again here.
                   4585: 
                   4586:      If this is a biv update, we must adjust the giv status to show that a
1.1       root     4587:      subsequent biv update was performed.  If this adjustment cannot be done,
                   4588:      the giv cannot derive further givs.  */
                   4589: 
                   4590:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   4591:     for (biv = bl->biv; biv; biv = biv->next_iv)
1.1.1.3   root     4592:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   4593:          || biv->insn == p)
1.1       root     4594:        {
                   4595:          for (giv = bl->giv; giv; giv = giv->next_iv)
                   4596:            {
                   4597:              /* If cant_derive is already true, there is no point in
                   4598:                 checking all of these conditions again.  */
                   4599:              if (giv->cant_derive)
                   4600:                continue;
                   4601: 
                   4602:              /* If this giv is conditionally set and we have passed a label,
                   4603:                 it cannot derive anything.  */
                   4604:              if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! giv->always_computable)
                   4605:                giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4606: 
                   4607:              /* Skip givs that have mult_val == 0, since
                   4608:                 they are really invariants.  Also skip those that are
                   4609:                 replaceable, since we know their lifetime doesn't contain
                   4610:                 any biv update.  */
                   4611:              else if (giv->mult_val == const0_rtx || giv->replaceable)
                   4612:                continue;
                   4613: 
                   4614:              /* The only way we can allow this giv to derive another
                   4615:                 is if this is a biv increment and we can form the product
                   4616:                 of biv->add_val and giv->mult_val.  In this case, we will
                   4617:                 be able to compute a compensation.  */
                   4618:              else if (biv->insn == p)
                   4619:                {
1.1.1.2   root     4620:                  tem = 0;
                   4621: 
                   4622:                  if (biv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   4623:                    tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, giv->mode,
                   4624:                                                      biv->add_val,
                   4625:                                                      giv->mult_val),
                   4626:                                             &dummy);
                   4627: 
                   4628:                  if (tem && giv->derive_adjustment)
                   4629:                    tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, giv->mode, tem,
                   4630:                                                      giv->derive_adjustment),
                   4631:                                             &dummy);
                   4632:                  if (tem)
1.1       root     4633:                    giv->derive_adjustment = tem;
                   4634:                  else
                   4635:                    giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4636:                }
1.1.1.3   root     4637:              else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! biv->always_computable)
                   4638:                       || (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && biv->maybe_multiple))
1.1       root     4639:                giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4640:            }
                   4641:        }
                   4642: }
                   4643: 
                   4644: /* Check whether an insn is an increment legitimate for a basic induction var.
1.1.1.4 ! root     4645:    X is the source of insn P.
1.1       root     4646:    DEST_REG is the putative biv, also the destination of the insn.
                   4647:    We accept patterns of these forms:
1.1.1.4 ! root     4648:      REG = REG + INVARIANT (includes REG = REG - CONSTANT)
1.1       root     4649:      REG = INVARIANT + REG
                   4650: 
                   4651:    If X is suitable, we return 1, set *MULT_VAL to CONST1_RTX,
                   4652:    and store the additive term into *INC_VAL.
                   4653: 
                   4654:    If X is an assignment of an invariant into DEST_REG, we set
                   4655:    *MULT_VAL to CONST0_RTX, and store the invariant into *INC_VAL.
                   4656: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4657:    We also want to detect a BIV when it corresponds to a variable
        !          4658:    whose mode was promoted via PROMOTED_MODE.  In that case, an increment
        !          4659:    of the variable may be a PLUS that adds a SUBREG of that variable to
        !          4660:    an invariant and then sign- or zero-extends the result of the PLUS
        !          4661:    into the variable.
        !          4662: 
        !          4663:    Most GIVs in such cases will be in the promoted mode, since that is the
        !          4664:    probably the natural computation mode (and almost certainly the mode
        !          4665:    used for addresses) on the machine.  So we view the pseudo-reg containing
        !          4666:    the variable as the BIV, as if it were simply incremented.
        !          4667: 
        !          4668:    Note that treating the entire pseudo as a BIV will result in making
        !          4669:    simple increments to any GIVs based on it.  However, if the variable
        !          4670:    overflows in its declared mode but not its promoted mode, the result will
        !          4671:    be incorrect.  This is acceptable if the variable is signed, since 
        !          4672:    overflows in such cases are undefined, but not if it is unsigned, since
        !          4673:    those overflows are defined.  So we only check for SIGN_EXTEND and
        !          4674:    not ZERO_EXTEND.
        !          4675: 
        !          4676:    If we cannot find a biv, we return 0.  */
1.1       root     4677: 
                   4678: static int
1.1.1.4 ! root     4679: basic_induction_var (x, dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val)
1.1       root     4680:      register rtx x;
1.1.1.4 ! root     4681:      rtx p;
1.1       root     4682:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4683:      rtx *inc_val;
                   4684:      rtx *mult_val;
                   4685: {
                   4686:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   4687:   rtx arg;
1.1.1.4 ! root     4688:   rtx insn, set = 0;
1.1       root     4689: 
                   4690:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   4691:   switch (code)
                   4692:     {
                   4693:     case PLUS:
1.1.1.4 ! root     4694:       if (XEXP (x, 0) == dest_reg
        !          4695:          || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
        !          4696:              && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 0))
        !          4697:              && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == dest_reg))
1.1       root     4698:        arg = XEXP (x, 1);
1.1.1.4 ! root     4699:       else if (XEXP (x, 1) == dest_reg
        !          4700:               || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == SUBREG
        !          4701:                   && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 1))
        !          4702:                   && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 1)) == dest_reg))
1.1       root     4703:        arg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4704:       else
                   4705:        return 0;
                   4706: 
                   4707:       if (invariant_p (arg) != 1)
                   4708:        return 0;
                   4709: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4710:       *inc_val = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (dest_reg), arg, 0);;
1.1       root     4711:       *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4712:       return 1;
                   4713: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4714:     case SUBREG:
        !          4715:       /* If this is a SUBREG for a promoted variable, check the inner
        !          4716:         value.  */
        !          4717:       if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x))
        !          4718:          return basic_induction_var (SUBREG_REG (x), dest_reg, p,
        !          4719:                                    inc_val, mult_val);
1.1       root     4720: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4721:     case REG:
        !          4722:       /* If this register is assigned in the previous insn, look at its
        !          4723:         source, but don't go outside the loop or past a label.  */
        !          4724: 
        !          4725:       for (insn = PREV_INSN (p);
        !          4726:           (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
        !          4727:            && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
        !          4728:           insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
        !          4729:        ;
        !          4730: 
        !          4731:       if (insn)
        !          4732:        set = single_set (insn);
        !          4733: 
        !          4734:       if (set != 0 && SET_DEST (set) == x)
        !          4735:        return basic_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), dest_reg, insn,
        !          4736:                                    inc_val, mult_val);
        !          4737:       /* ... fall through ... */
1.1       root     4738: 
                   4739:       /* Can accept constant setting of biv only when inside inner most loop.
                   4740:         Otherwise, a biv of an inner loop may be incorrectly recognized
                   4741:         as a biv of the outer loop,
                   4742:         causing code to be moved INTO the inner loop.  */
                   4743:     case MEM:
                   4744:       if (invariant_p (x) != 1)
                   4745:        return 0;
                   4746:     case CONST_INT:
                   4747:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   4748:     case CONST:
                   4749:       if (loops_enclosed == 1)
                   4750:        {
1.1.1.4 ! root     4751:          *inc_val = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (dest_reg), x, 0);;
1.1       root     4752:          *mult_val = const0_rtx;
                   4753:          return 1;
                   4754:        }
                   4755:       else
                   4756:        return 0;
                   4757: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4758:     case SIGN_EXTEND:
        !          4759:       return basic_induction_var (XEXP (x, 0), dest_reg, p,
        !          4760:                                  inc_val, mult_val);
        !          4761:     case ASHIFTRT:
        !          4762:       /* Similar, since this can be a sign extension.  */
        !          4763:       for (insn = PREV_INSN (p);
        !          4764:           (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
        !          4765:            && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
        !          4766:           insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
        !          4767:        ;
        !          4768: 
        !          4769:       if (insn)
        !          4770:        set = single_set (insn);
        !          4771: 
        !          4772:       if (set && SET_DEST (set) == XEXP (x, 0)
        !          4773:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
        !          4774:          && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
        !          4775:          && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == ASHIFT
        !          4776:          && XEXP (x, 1) == XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))
        !          4777:        return basic_induction_var (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0), dest_reg, insn,
        !          4778:                                    inc_val, mult_val);
        !          4779:       return 0;
        !          4780: 
1.1       root     4781:     default:
                   4782:       return 0;
                   4783:     }
                   4784: }
                   4785: 
                   4786: /* A general induction variable (giv) is any quantity that is a linear
                   4787:    function   of a basic induction variable,
                   4788:    i.e. giv = biv * mult_val + add_val.
                   4789:    The coefficients can be any loop invariant quantity.
                   4790:    A giv need not be computed directly from the biv;
                   4791:    it can be computed by way of other givs.  */
                   4792: 
                   4793: /* Determine whether X computes a giv.
                   4794:    If it does, return a nonzero value
                   4795:      which is the benefit from eliminating the computation of X;
                   4796:    set *SRC_REG to the register of the biv that it is computed from;
                   4797:    set *ADD_VAL and *MULT_VAL to the coefficients,
                   4798:      such that the value of X is biv * mult + add;  */
                   4799: 
                   4800: static int
                   4801: general_induction_var (x, src_reg, add_val, mult_val)
                   4802:      rtx x;
                   4803:      rtx *src_reg;
                   4804:      rtx *add_val;
                   4805:      rtx *mult_val;
                   4806: {
                   4807:   rtx orig_x = x;
                   4808:   int benefit = 0;
                   4809:   char *storage;
                   4810: 
                   4811:   /* If this is an invariant, forget it, it isn't a giv.  */
                   4812:   if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
                   4813:     return 0;
                   4814: 
                   4815:   /* See if the expression could be a giv and get its form.
                   4816:      Mark our place on the obstack in case we don't find a giv.  */
                   4817:   storage = (char *) oballoc (0);
                   4818:   x = simplify_giv_expr (x, &benefit);
                   4819:   if (x == 0)
                   4820:     {
                   4821:       obfree (storage);
                   4822:       return 0;
                   4823:     }
                   4824: 
                   4825:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   4826:     {
                   4827:     case USE:
                   4828:     case CONST_INT:
                   4829:       /* Since this is now an invariant and wasn't before, it must be a giv
                   4830:         with MULT_VAL == 0.  It doesn't matter which BIV we associate this
                   4831:         with.  */
                   4832:       *src_reg = loop_iv_list->biv->dest_reg;
                   4833:       *mult_val = const0_rtx;
                   4834:       *add_val = x;
                   4835:       break;
                   4836: 
                   4837:     case REG:
                   4838:       /* This is equivalent to a BIV.  */
                   4839:       *src_reg = x;
                   4840:       *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4841:       *add_val = const0_rtx;
                   4842:       break;
                   4843: 
                   4844:     case PLUS:
                   4845:       /* Either (plus (biv) (invar)) or
                   4846:         (plus (mult (biv) (invar_1)) (invar_2)).  */
                   4847:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
                   4848:        {
                   4849:          *src_reg = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
                   4850:          *mult_val = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
                   4851:        }
                   4852:       else
                   4853:        {
                   4854:          *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4855:          *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4856:        }
                   4857:       *add_val = XEXP (x, 1);
                   4858:       break;
                   4859: 
                   4860:     case MULT:
                   4861:       /* ADD_VAL is zero.  */
                   4862:       *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4863:       *mult_val = XEXP (x, 1);
                   4864:       *add_val = const0_rtx;
                   4865:       break;
                   4866: 
                   4867:     default:
                   4868:       abort ();
                   4869:     }
                   4870: 
                   4871:   /* Remove any enclosing USE from ADD_VAL and MULT_VAL (there will be
                   4872:      unless they are CONST_INT).  */
                   4873:   if (GET_CODE (*add_val) == USE)
                   4874:     *add_val = XEXP (*add_val, 0);
                   4875:   if (GET_CODE (*mult_val) == USE)
                   4876:     *mult_val = XEXP (*mult_val, 0);
                   4877: 
1.1.1.3   root     4878:   benefit += rtx_cost (orig_x, SET);
1.1       root     4879: 
                   4880:   /* Always return some benefit if this is a giv so it will be detected
                   4881:      as such.  This allows elimination of bivs that might otherwise
                   4882:      not be eliminated.  */
                   4883:   return benefit == 0 ? 1 : benefit;
                   4884: }
                   4885: 
                   4886: /* Given an expression, X, try to form it as a linear function of a biv.
                   4887:    We will canonicalize it to be of the form
                   4888:        (plus (mult (BIV) (invar_1))
                   4889:              (invar_2))
1.1.1.3   root     4890:    with possible degeneracies.
1.1       root     4891: 
                   4892:    The invariant expressions must each be of a form that can be used as a
                   4893:    machine operand.  We surround then with a USE rtx (a hack, but localized
                   4894:    and certainly unambiguous!) if not a CONST_INT for simplicity in this
                   4895:    routine; it is the caller's responsibility to strip them.
                   4896: 
                   4897:    If no such canonicalization is possible (i.e., two biv's are used or an
                   4898:    expression that is neither invariant nor a biv or giv), this routine
                   4899:    returns 0.
                   4900: 
                   4901:    For a non-zero return, the result will have a code of CONST_INT, USE,
                   4902:    REG (for a BIV), PLUS, or MULT.  No other codes will occur.  
                   4903: 
                   4904:    *BENEFIT will be incremented by the benefit of any sub-giv encountered.  */
                   4905: 
                   4906: static rtx
                   4907: simplify_giv_expr (x, benefit)
                   4908:      rtx x;
                   4909:      int *benefit;
                   4910: {
                   4911:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   4912:   rtx arg0, arg1;
                   4913:   rtx tem;
                   4914: 
                   4915:   /* If this is not an integer mode, or if we cannot do arithmetic in this
                   4916:      mode, this can't be a giv.  */
                   4917:   if (mode != VOIDmode
                   4918:       && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
1.1.1.4 ! root     4919:          || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
1.1       root     4920:     return 0;
                   4921: 
                   4922:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   4923:     {
                   4924:     case PLUS:
                   4925:       arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
                   4926:       arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
                   4927:       if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
                   4928:        return 0;
                   4929: 
                   4930:       /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant.  */
                   4931:       if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE
                   4932:           || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
                   4933:          && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   4934:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   4935: 
                   4936:       /* Handle addition of zero, then addition of an invariant.  */
                   4937:       if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
                   4938:        return arg0;
                   4939:       else if (GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
                   4940:        switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
                   4941:          {
                   4942:          case CONST_INT:
                   4943:          case USE:
                   4944:            /* Both invariant.  Only valid if sum is machine operand.
                   4945:               First strip off possible USE on first operand.  */
                   4946:            if (GET_CODE (arg0) == USE)
                   4947:              arg0 = XEXP (arg0, 0);
                   4948: 
                   4949:            tem = 0;
                   4950:            if (CONSTANT_P (arg0) && GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT)
                   4951:              {
                   4952:                tem = plus_constant (arg0, INTVAL (arg1));
                   4953:                if (GET_CODE (tem) != CONST_INT)
                   4954:                  tem = gen_rtx (USE, mode, tem);
                   4955:              }
                   4956: 
                   4957:            return tem;
                   4958: 
                   4959:          case REG:
                   4960:          case MULT:
                   4961:            /* biv + invar or mult + invar.  Return sum.  */
                   4962:            return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, arg0, arg1);
                   4963: 
                   4964:          case PLUS:
                   4965:            /* (a + invar_1) + invar_2.  Associate.  */
                   4966:            return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4967:                                               XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   4968:                                               gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4969:                                                        XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   4970:                                      benefit);
                   4971: 
                   4972:          default:
                   4973:            abort ();
                   4974:          }
                   4975: 
                   4976:       /* Each argument must be either REG, PLUS, or MULT.  Convert REG to
                   4977:         MULT to reduce cases.  */
                   4978:       if (GET_CODE (arg0) == REG)
                   4979:        arg0 = gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg0, const1_rtx);
                   4980:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == REG)
                   4981:        arg1 = gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg1, const1_rtx);
                   4982: 
                   4983:       /* Now have PLUS + PLUS, PLUS + MULT, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
                   4984:         Put a MULT first, leaving PLUS + PLUS, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
                   4985:         Recurse to associate the second PLUS.  */
                   4986:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == MULT)
                   4987:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   4988: 
                   4989:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == PLUS)
                   4990:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4991:                                             gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4992:                                                      arg0, XEXP (arg1, 0)),
                   4993:                                             XEXP (arg1, 1)),
                   4994:                                    benefit);
                   4995: 
                   4996:       /* Now must have MULT + MULT.  Distribute if same biv, else not giv.  */
                   4997:       if (GET_CODE (arg0) != MULT || GET_CODE (arg1) != MULT)
                   4998:        abort ();
                   4999: 
                   5000:       if (XEXP (arg0, 0) != XEXP (arg1, 0))
                   5001:        return 0;
                   5002: 
                   5003:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5004:                                         XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   5005:                                         gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5006:                                                  XEXP (arg0, 1),
                   5007:                                                  XEXP (arg1, 1))),
                   5008:                                benefit);
                   5009: 
                   5010:     case MINUS:
                   5011:       /* Handle "a - b" as "a + b * (-1)". */
                   5012:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5013:                                         XEXP (x, 0),
                   5014:                                         gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
1.1.1.4 ! root     5015:                                                  XEXP (x, 1), constm1_rtx)),
1.1       root     5016:                                benefit);
                   5017: 
                   5018:     case MULT:
                   5019:       arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
                   5020:       arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
                   5021:       if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
                   5022:        return 0;
                   5023: 
                   5024:       /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant.  */
                   5025:       if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
                   5026:          && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   5027:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   5028: 
                   5029:       /* If second argument is not now constant, not giv.  */
                   5030:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) != USE && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   5031:        return 0;
                   5032: 
                   5033:       /* Handle multiply by 0 or 1.  */
                   5034:       if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
                   5035:        return const0_rtx;
                   5036: 
                   5037:       else if (arg1 == const1_rtx)
                   5038:        return arg0;
                   5039: 
                   5040:       switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
                   5041:        {
                   5042:        case REG:
                   5043:          /* biv * invar.  Done.  */
                   5044:          return gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg0, arg1);
                   5045: 
                   5046:        case CONST_INT:
                   5047:          /* Product of two constants.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     5048:          return GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg0) * INTVAL (arg1));
1.1       root     5049: 
                   5050:        case USE:
                   5051:          /* invar * invar.  Not giv. */
                   5052:          return 0;
                   5053: 
                   5054:        case MULT:
                   5055:          /* (a * invar_1) * invar_2.  Associate.  */
                   5056:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5057:                                             XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   5058:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5059:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   5060:                                    benefit);
                   5061: 
                   5062:        case PLUS:
                   5063:          /* (a + invar_1) * invar_2.  Distribute.  */
                   5064:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5065:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5066:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 0), arg1),
                   5067:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5068:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   5069:                                    benefit);
                   5070: 
                   5071:        default:
                   5072:          abort ();
                   5073:        }
                   5074: 
                   5075:     case ASHIFT:
                   5076:     case LSHIFT:
                   5077:       /* Shift by constant is multiply by power of two.  */
                   5078:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
                   5079:        return 0;
                   5080: 
                   5081:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5082:                                         XEXP (x, 0),
1.1.1.4 ! root     5083:                                         GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
        !          5084:                                                  << INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)))),
1.1       root     5085:                                benefit);
                   5086: 
                   5087:     case NEG:
                   5088:       /* "-a" is "a * (-1)" */
1.1.1.4 ! root     5089:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode, XEXP (x, 0), constm1_rtx),
1.1       root     5090:                                benefit);
                   5091: 
                   5092:     case NOT:
                   5093:       /* "~a" is "-a - 1". Silly, but easy.  */
                   5094:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MINUS, mode,
                   5095:                                         gen_rtx (NEG, mode, XEXP (x, 0)),
                   5096:                                         const1_rtx),
                   5097:                                benefit);
                   5098: 
                   5099:     case USE:
                   5100:       /* Already in proper form for invariant.  */
                   5101:       return x;
                   5102: 
                   5103:     case REG:
                   5104:       /* If this is a new register, we can't deal with it.  */
                   5105:       if (REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                   5106:        return 0;
                   5107: 
                   5108:       /* Check for biv or giv.  */
                   5109:       switch (reg_iv_type[REGNO (x)])
                   5110:        {
                   5111:        case BASIC_INDUCT:
                   5112:          return x;
                   5113:        case GENERAL_INDUCT:
                   5114:          {
                   5115:            struct induction *v = reg_iv_info[REGNO (x)];
                   5116: 
                   5117:            /* Form expression from giv and add benefit.  Ensure this giv
                   5118:               can derive another and subtract any needed adjustment if so.  */
                   5119:            *benefit += v->benefit;
                   5120:            if (v->cant_derive)
                   5121:              return 0;
                   5122: 
                   5123:            tem = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5124:                                                v->src_reg, v->mult_val),
                   5125:                           v->add_val);
                   5126:            if (v->derive_adjustment)
                   5127:              tem = gen_rtx (MINUS, mode, tem, v->derive_adjustment);
                   5128:            return simplify_giv_expr (tem, benefit);
                   5129:          }
                   5130:        }
                   5131: 
                   5132:       /* Fall through to general case.  */
                   5133:     default:
                   5134:       /* If invariant, return as USE (unless CONST_INT).
                   5135:         Otherwise, not giv.  */
                   5136:       if (GET_CODE (x) == USE)
                   5137:        x = XEXP (x, 0);
                   5138: 
                   5139:       if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
                   5140:        {
                   5141:          if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
                   5142:            return x;
                   5143:          else
                   5144:            return gen_rtx (USE, mode, x);
                   5145:        }
                   5146:       else
                   5147:        return 0;
                   5148:     }
                   5149: }
                   5150: 
                   5151: /* Help detect a giv that is calculated by several consecutive insns;
                   5152:    for example,
                   5153:       giv = biv * M
                   5154:       giv = giv + A
                   5155:    The caller has already identified the first insn P as having a giv as dest;
                   5156:    we check that all other insns that set the same register follow
                   5157:    immediately after P, that they alter nothing else,
                   5158:    and that the result of the last is still a giv.
                   5159: 
                   5160:    The value is 0 if the reg set in P is not really a giv.
                   5161:    Otherwise, the value is the amount gained by eliminating
                   5162:    all the consecutive insns that compute the value.
                   5163: 
                   5164:    FIRST_BENEFIT is the amount gained by eliminating the first insn, P.
                   5165:    SRC_REG is the reg of the biv; DEST_REG is the reg of the giv.
                   5166: 
                   5167:    The coefficients of the ultimate giv value are stored in
                   5168:    *MULT_VAL and *ADD_VAL.  */
                   5169: 
                   5170: static int
                   5171: consec_sets_giv (first_benefit, p, src_reg, dest_reg,
                   5172:                 add_val, mult_val)
                   5173:      int first_benefit;
                   5174:      rtx p;
                   5175:      rtx src_reg;
                   5176:      rtx dest_reg;
                   5177:      rtx *add_val;
                   5178:      rtx *mult_val;
                   5179: {
                   5180:   int count;
                   5181:   enum rtx_code code;
                   5182:   int benefit;
                   5183:   rtx temp;
                   5184:   rtx set;
                   5185: 
                   5186:   /* Indicate that this is a giv so that we can update the value produced in
                   5187:      each insn of the multi-insn sequence. 
                   5188: 
                   5189:      This induction structure will be used only by the call to
                   5190:      general_induction_var below, so we can allocate it on our stack.
                   5191:      If this is a giv, our caller will replace the induct var entry with
                   5192:      a new induction structure.  */
                   5193:   struct induction *v
                   5194:     = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   5195:   v->src_reg = src_reg;
                   5196:   v->mult_val = *mult_val;
                   5197:   v->add_val = *add_val;
                   5198:   v->benefit = first_benefit;
                   5199:   v->cant_derive = 0;
                   5200:   v->derive_adjustment = 0;
                   5201: 
                   5202:   reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
                   5203:   reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
                   5204: 
                   5205:   count = n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] - 1;
                   5206: 
                   5207:   while (count > 0)
                   5208:     {
                   5209:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   5210:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   5211: 
                   5212:       /* If libcall, skip to end of call sequence.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     5213:       if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     5214:        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   5215: 
                   5216:       if (code == INSN
                   5217:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   5218:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   5219:          && SET_DEST (set) == dest_reg
                   5220:          && ((benefit = general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), &src_reg,
                   5221:                                                add_val, mult_val))
                   5222:              /* Giv created by equivalent expression.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     5223:              || ((temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     5224:                  && (benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (temp, 0), &src_reg,
                   5225:                                                       add_val, mult_val))))
                   5226:          && src_reg == v->src_reg)
                   5227:        {
1.1.1.4 ! root     5228:          if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     5229:            benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
                   5230: 
                   5231:          count--;
                   5232:          v->mult_val = *mult_val;
                   5233:          v->add_val = *add_val;
                   5234:          v->benefit = benefit;
                   5235:        }
                   5236:       else if (code != NOTE)
                   5237:        {
                   5238:          /* Allow insns that set something other than this giv to a
                   5239:             constant.  Such insns are needed on machines which cannot
                   5240:             include long constants and should not disqualify a giv.  */
                   5241:          if (code == INSN
                   5242:              && (set = single_set (p))
                   5243:              && SET_DEST (set) != dest_reg
                   5244:              && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set)))
                   5245:            continue;
                   5246: 
                   5247:          reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = UNKNOWN_INDUCT;
                   5248:          return 0;
                   5249:        }
                   5250:     }
                   5251: 
                   5252:   return v->benefit;
                   5253: }
                   5254: 
                   5255: /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
                   5256:    represented by G1.  If no such expression can be found, or it is clear that
                   5257:    it cannot possibly be a valid address, 0 is returned. 
                   5258: 
                   5259:    To perform the computation, we note that
                   5260:        G1 = a * v + b          and
                   5261:        G2 = c * v + d
                   5262:    where `v' is the biv.
                   5263: 
                   5264:    So G2 = (c/a) * G1 + (d - b*c/a)  */
                   5265: 
                   5266: #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
                   5267: static rtx
                   5268: express_from (g1, g2)
                   5269:      struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5270: {
                   5271:   rtx mult, add;
                   5272: 
                   5273:   /* The value that G1 will be multiplied by must be a constant integer.  Also,
                   5274:      the only chance we have of getting a valid address is if b*c/a (see above
                   5275:      for notation) is also an integer.  */
                   5276:   if (GET_CODE (g1->mult_val) != CONST_INT
                   5277:       || GET_CODE (g2->mult_val) != CONST_INT
                   5278:       || GET_CODE (g1->add_val) != CONST_INT
                   5279:       || g1->mult_val == const0_rtx
                   5280:       || INTVAL (g2->mult_val) % INTVAL (g1->mult_val) != 0)
                   5281:     return 0;
                   5282: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     5283:   mult = GEN_INT (INTVAL (g2->mult_val) / INTVAL (g1->mult_val));
1.1       root     5284:   add = plus_constant (g2->add_val, - INTVAL (g1->add_val) * INTVAL (mult));
                   5285: 
                   5286:   /* Form simplified final result.  */
                   5287:   if (mult == const0_rtx)
                   5288:     return add;
                   5289:   else if (mult == const1_rtx)
                   5290:     mult = g1->dest_reg;
                   5291:   else
                   5292:     mult = gen_rtx (MULT, g2->mode, g1->dest_reg, mult);
                   5293: 
                   5294:   if (add == const0_rtx)
                   5295:     return mult;
                   5296:   else
                   5297:     return gen_rtx (PLUS, g2->mode, mult, add);
                   5298: }
                   5299: #endif
                   5300: 
                   5301: /* Return 1 if giv G2 can be combined with G1.  This means that G2 can use
                   5302:    (either directly or via an address expression) a register used to represent
                   5303:    G1.  Set g2->new_reg to a represtation of G1 (normally just
                   5304:    g1->dest_reg).  */
                   5305: 
                   5306: static int
                   5307: combine_givs_p (g1, g2)
                   5308:      struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5309: {
                   5310:   rtx tem;
                   5311: 
                   5312:   /* If these givs are identical, they can be combined.  */
                   5313:   if (rtx_equal_p (g1->mult_val, g2->mult_val)
                   5314:       && rtx_equal_p (g1->add_val, g2->add_val))
                   5315:     {
                   5316:       g2->new_reg = g1->dest_reg;
                   5317:       return 1;
                   5318:     }
                   5319: 
                   5320: #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
                   5321:   /* If G2 can be expressed as a function of G1 and that function is valid
                   5322:      as an address and no more expensive than using a register for G2,
                   5323:      the expression of G2 in terms of G1 can be used.  */
                   5324:   if (g2->giv_type == DEST_ADDR
                   5325:       && (tem = express_from (g1, g2)) != 0
                   5326:       && memory_address_p (g2->mem_mode, tem)
                   5327:       && ADDRESS_COST (tem) <= ADDRESS_COST (*g2->location))
                   5328:     {
                   5329:       g2->new_reg = tem;
                   5330:       return 1;
                   5331:     }
                   5332: #endif
                   5333: 
                   5334:   return 0;
                   5335: }
                   5336: 
                   5337: /* Check all pairs of givs for iv_class BL and see if any can be combined with
                   5338:    any other.  If so, point SAME to the giv combined with and set NEW_REG to
                   5339:    be an expression (in terms of the other giv's DEST_REG) equivalent to the
                   5340:    giv.  Also, update BENEFIT and related fields for cost/benefit analysis.  */
                   5341: 
                   5342: static void
                   5343: combine_givs (bl)
                   5344:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5345: {
                   5346:   struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5347:   int pass;
                   5348: 
                   5349:   for (g1 = bl->giv; g1; g1 = g1->next_iv)
                   5350:     for (pass = 0; pass <= 1; pass++)
                   5351:       for (g2 = bl->giv; g2; g2 = g2->next_iv)
                   5352:        if (g1 != g2
                   5353:            /* First try to combine with replaceable givs, then all givs. */
                   5354:            && (g1->replaceable || pass == 1)
                   5355:            /* If either has already been combined or is to be ignored, can't
                   5356:               combine.  */
                   5357:            && ! g1->ignore && ! g2->ignore && ! g1->same && ! g2->same
                   5358:            /* If something has been based on G2, G2 cannot itself be based
                   5359:               on something else.  */
                   5360:            && ! g2->combined_with
                   5361:            && combine_givs_p (g1, g2))
                   5362:          {
                   5363:            /* g2->new_reg set by `combine_givs_p'  */
                   5364:            g2->same = g1;
                   5365:            g1->combined_with = 1;
                   5366:            g1->benefit += g2->benefit;
                   5367:            /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
                   5368:               of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no
                   5369:               longer be necessary.  */
                   5370:            if (! g2->replaceable && REG_USERVAR_P (g2->dest_reg))
                   5371:              g1->benefit -= copy_cost;
                   5372:            g1->lifetime += g2->lifetime;
                   5373:            g1->times_used += g2->times_used;
                   5374: 
                   5375:            if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5376:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d combined with giv at %d\n",
                   5377:                       INSN_UID (g2->insn), INSN_UID (g1->insn));
                   5378:          }
                   5379: }
                   5380: 
                   5381: /* EMIT code before INSERT_BEFORE to set REG = B * M + A.  */
                   5382: 
                   5383: void
                   5384: emit_iv_add_mult (b, m, a, reg, insert_before)
                   5385:      rtx b;          /* initial value of basic induction variable */
                   5386:      rtx m;          /* multiplicative constant */
                   5387:      rtx a;          /* additive constant */
                   5388:      rtx reg;        /* destination register */
                   5389:      rtx insert_before;
                   5390: {
                   5391:   rtx seq;
                   5392:   rtx result;
                   5393: 
                   5394:   /* Prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx.  */
                   5395:   a = copy_rtx (a);
                   5396:   b = copy_rtx (b);
                   5397: 
                   5398:   /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code. */
                   5399:   update_reg_last_use (a, insert_before);
                   5400:   update_reg_last_use (b, insert_before);
                   5401:   update_reg_last_use (m, insert_before);
                   5402: 
                   5403:   start_sequence ();
                   5404:   result = expand_mult_add (b, reg, m, a, GET_MODE (reg), 0);
                   5405:   if (reg != result)
                   5406:     emit_move_insn (reg, result);
                   5407:   seq = gen_sequence ();
                   5408:   end_sequence ();
                   5409: 
                   5410:   emit_insn_before (seq, insert_before);
                   5411: }
                   5412: 
                   5413: /* Test whether A * B can be computed without
                   5414:    an actual multiply insn.  Value is 1 if so.  */
                   5415: 
                   5416: static int
                   5417: product_cheap_p (a, b)
                   5418:      rtx a;
                   5419:      rtx b;
                   5420: {
                   5421:   int i;
                   5422:   rtx tmp;
                   5423:   struct obstack *old_rtl_obstack = rtl_obstack;
                   5424:   char *storage = (char *) obstack_alloc (&temp_obstack, 0);
                   5425:   int win = 1;
                   5426: 
                   5427:   /* If only one is constant, make it B. */
                   5428:   if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
                   5429:     tmp = a, a = b, b = tmp;
                   5430: 
                   5431:   /* If first constant, both constant, so don't need multiply.  */
                   5432:   if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
                   5433:     return 1;
                   5434: 
                   5435:   /* If second not constant, neither is constant, so would need multiply.  */
                   5436:   if (GET_CODE (b) != CONST_INT)
                   5437:     return 0;
                   5438: 
                   5439:   /* One operand is constant, so might not need multiply insn.  Generate the
                   5440:      code for the multiply and see if a call or multiply, or long sequence
                   5441:      of insns is generated.  */
                   5442: 
                   5443:   rtl_obstack = &temp_obstack;
                   5444:   start_sequence ();
1.1.1.4 ! root     5445:   expand_mult (GET_MODE (a), a, b, NULL_RTX, 0);
1.1       root     5446:   tmp = gen_sequence ();
                   5447:   end_sequence ();
                   5448: 
                   5449:   if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SEQUENCE)
                   5450:     {
                   5451:       if (XVEC (tmp, 0) == 0)
                   5452:        win = 1;
                   5453:       else if (XVECLEN (tmp, 0) > 3)
                   5454:        win = 0;
                   5455:       else
                   5456:        for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (tmp, 0); i++)
                   5457:          {
                   5458:            rtx insn = XVECEXP (tmp, 0, i);
                   5459: 
                   5460:            if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
                   5461:                || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   5462:                    && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == MULT)
                   5463:                || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
                   5464:                    && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET
                   5465:                    && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0))) == MULT))
                   5466:              {
                   5467:                win = 0;
                   5468:                break;
                   5469:              }
                   5470:          }
                   5471:     }
                   5472:   else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SET
                   5473:           && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == MULT)
                   5474:     win = 0;
                   5475:   else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PARALLEL
                   5476:           && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0)) == SET
                   5477:           && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0))) == MULT)
                   5478:     win = 0;
                   5479: 
                   5480:   /* Free any storage we obtained in generating this multiply and restore rtl
                   5481:      allocation to its normal obstack.  */
                   5482:   obstack_free (&temp_obstack, storage);
                   5483:   rtl_obstack = old_rtl_obstack;
                   5484: 
                   5485:   return win;
                   5486: }
                   5487: 
                   5488: /* Check to see if loop can be terminated by a "decrement and branch until
                   5489:    zero" instruction.  If so, add a REG_NONNEG note to the branch insn if so.
                   5490:    Also try reversing an increment loop to a decrement loop
                   5491:    to see if the optimization can be performed.
                   5492:    Value is nonzero if optimization was performed.  */
                   5493: 
                   5494: /* This is useful even if the architecture doesn't have such an insn,
                   5495:    because it might change a loops which increments from 0 to n to a loop
                   5496:    which decrements from n to 0.  A loop that decrements to zero is usually
                   5497:    faster than one that increments from zero.  */
                   5498: 
                   5499: /* ??? This could be rewritten to use some of the loop unrolling procedures,
                   5500:    such as approx_final_value, biv_total_increment, loop_iterations, and
                   5501:    final_[bg]iv_value.  */
                   5502: 
                   5503: static int
                   5504: check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start)
                   5505:      rtx loop_end;
                   5506:      int insn_count;
                   5507:      rtx loop_start;
                   5508: {
                   5509:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   5510:   rtx reg;
                   5511:   rtx jump_label;
                   5512:   rtx final_value;
                   5513:   rtx start_value;
                   5514:   enum rtx_code branch_code;
                   5515:   rtx new_add_val;
                   5516:   rtx comparison;
                   5517:   rtx before_comparison;
                   5518:   rtx p;
                   5519: 
                   5520:   /* If last insn is a conditional branch, and the insn before tests a
                   5521:      register value, try to optimize it.  Otherwise, we can't do anything.  */
                   5522: 
                   5523:   comparison = get_condition_for_loop (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5524:   if (comparison == 0)
                   5525:     return 0;
                   5526: 
                   5527:   /* Check all of the bivs to see if the compare uses one of them.
                   5528:      Skip biv's set more than once because we can't guarantee that
                   5529:      it will be zero on the last iteration.  Also skip if the biv is
                   5530:      used between its update and the test insn.  */
                   5531: 
                   5532:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   5533:     {
                   5534:       if (bl->biv_count == 1
                   5535:          && bl->biv->dest_reg == XEXP (comparison, 0)
                   5536:          && ! reg_used_between_p (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno], bl->biv->insn,
                   5537:                                   PREV_INSN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))))
                   5538:        break;
                   5539:     }
                   5540: 
                   5541:   if (! bl)
                   5542:     return 0;
                   5543: 
                   5544:   /* Look for the case where the basic induction variable is always
                   5545:      nonnegative, and equals zero on the last iteration.
                   5546:      In this case, add a reg_note REG_NONNEG, which allows the
                   5547:      m68k DBRA instruction to be used.  */
                   5548: 
                   5549:   if (((GET_CODE (comparison) == GT
                   5550:        && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   5551:        && INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == -1)
                   5552:        || (GET_CODE (comparison) == NE && XEXP (comparison, 1) == const0_rtx))
                   5553:       && GET_CODE (bl->biv->add_val) == CONST_INT
                   5554:       && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) < 0)
                   5555:     {
                   5556:       /* Initial value must be greater than 0,
                   5557:         init_val % -dec_value == 0 to ensure that it equals zero on
                   5558:         the last iteration */
                   5559: 
                   5560:       if (GET_CODE (bl->initial_value) == CONST_INT
                   5561:          && INTVAL (bl->initial_value) > 0
                   5562:          && (INTVAL (bl->initial_value) %
                   5563:              (-INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val))) == 0)
                   5564:        {
                   5565:          /* register always nonnegative, add REG_NOTE to branch */
                   5566:          REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
1.1.1.4 ! root     5567:            = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
1.1       root     5568:                       REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
                   5569:          bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5570: 
                   5571:          return 1;
                   5572:        }
                   5573: 
                   5574:       /* If the decrement is 1 and the value was tested as >= 0 before
                   5575:         the loop, then we can safely optimize.  */
                   5576:       for (p = loop_start; p; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   5577:        {
                   5578:          if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
                   5579:            break;
                   5580:          if (GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN)
                   5581:            continue;
                   5582: 
                   5583:          before_comparison = get_condition_for_loop (p);
                   5584:          if (before_comparison
                   5585:              && XEXP (before_comparison, 0) == bl->biv->dest_reg
                   5586:              && GET_CODE (before_comparison) == LT
                   5587:              && XEXP (before_comparison, 1) == const0_rtx
                   5588:              && ! reg_set_between_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, p, loop_start)
                   5589:              && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) == -1)
                   5590:            {
                   5591:              REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
1.1.1.4 ! root     5592:                = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
1.1       root     5593:                           REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
                   5594:              bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5595: 
                   5596:              return 1;
                   5597:            }
                   5598:        }
                   5599:     }
                   5600:   else if (num_mem_sets <= 1)
                   5601:     {
                   5602:       /* Try to change inc to dec, so can apply above optimization.  */
                   5603:       /* Can do this if:
                   5604:         all registers modified are induction variables or invariant,
                   5605:         all memory references have non-overlapping addresses
                   5606:         (obviously true if only one write)
                   5607:         allow 2 insns for the compare/jump at the end of the loop.  */
                   5608:       int num_nonfixed_reads = 0;
                   5609:       /* 1 if the iteration var is used only to count iterations.  */
                   5610:       int no_use_except_counting = 0;
                   5611: 
                   5612:       for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5613:        if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5614:          num_nonfixed_reads += count_nonfixed_reads (PATTERN (p));
                   5615: 
                   5616:       if (bl->giv_count == 0
                   5617:          && ! loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   5618:        {
                   5619:          rtx bivreg = regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno];
                   5620: 
                   5621:          /* If there are no givs for this biv, and the only exit is the
                   5622:             fall through at the end of the the loop, then
                   5623:             see if perhaps there are no uses except to count.  */
                   5624:          no_use_except_counting = 1;
                   5625:          for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5626:            if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5627:              {
                   5628:                rtx set = single_set (p);
                   5629: 
                   5630:                if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   5631:                    && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == bl->regno)
                   5632:                  /* An insn that sets the biv is okay.  */
                   5633:                  ;
                   5634:                else if (p == prev_nonnote_insn (prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
                   5635:                         || p == prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
                   5636:                  /* Don't bother about the end test.  */
                   5637:                  ;
                   5638:                else if (reg_mentioned_p (bivreg, PATTERN (p)))
                   5639:                  /* Any other use of the biv is no good.  */
                   5640:                  {
                   5641:                    no_use_except_counting = 0;
                   5642:                    break;
                   5643:                  }
                   5644:              }
                   5645:        }
                   5646: 
                   5647:       /* This code only acts for innermost loops.  Also it simplifies
                   5648:         the memory address check by only reversing loops with
                   5649:         zero or one memory access.
                   5650:         Two memory accesses could involve parts of the same array,
                   5651:         and that can't be reversed.  */
                   5652: 
                   5653:       if (num_nonfixed_reads <= 1
                   5654:          && !loop_has_call
1.1.1.3   root     5655:          && !loop_has_volatile
1.1       root     5656:          && (no_use_except_counting
                   5657:              || (bl->giv_count + bl->biv_count + num_mem_sets
                   5658:                  + num_movables + 2 == insn_count)))
                   5659:        {
                   5660:          rtx condition = get_condition_for_loop (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5661:          int win;
                   5662:          rtx tem;
                   5663: 
                   5664:          /* Loop can be reversed.  */
                   5665:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5666:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Can reverse loop\n");
                   5667: 
                   5668:          /* Now check other conditions:
                   5669:             initial_value must be zero,
                   5670:             final_value % add_val == 0, so that when reversed, the
                   5671:             biv will be zero on the last iteration.
                   5672: 
                   5673:             This test can probably be improved since +/- 1 in the constant
                   5674:             can be obtained by changing LT to LE and vice versa; this is
                   5675:             confusing.  */
                   5676: 
                   5677:          if (comparison && bl->initial_value == const0_rtx
                   5678:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   5679:              /* LE gets turned into LT */
                   5680:              && GET_CODE (comparison) == LT
                   5681:              && (INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1))
                   5682:                  % INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val)) == 0)
                   5683:            {
                   5684:              /* Register will always be nonnegative, with value
                   5685:                 0 on last iteration if loop reversed */
                   5686: 
                   5687:              /* Save some info needed to produce the new insns.  */
                   5688:              reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5689:              jump_label = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))), 1);
1.1.1.4 ! root     5690:              new_add_val = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val));
1.1       root     5691: 
                   5692:              final_value = XEXP (comparison, 1);
1.1.1.4 ! root     5693:              start_value = GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1))
        !          5694:                                     - INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val));
1.1       root     5695: 
                   5696:              /* Initialize biv to start_value before loop start.
                   5697:                 The old initializing insn will be deleted as a
                   5698:                 dead store by flow.c.  */
                   5699:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reg, start_value), loop_start);
                   5700: 
                   5701:              /* Add insn to decrement register, and delete insn
                   5702:                 that incremented the register.  */
                   5703:              p = emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reg, new_add_val),
                   5704:                                    bl->biv->insn);
                   5705:              delete_insn (bl->biv->insn);
                   5706:                      
                   5707:              /* Update biv info to reflect its new status.  */
                   5708:              bl->biv->insn = p;
                   5709:              bl->initial_value = start_value;
                   5710:              bl->biv->add_val = new_add_val;
                   5711: 
                   5712:              /* Inc LABEL_NUSES so that delete_insn will
                   5713:                 not delete the label.  */
                   5714:              LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (jump_label, 0)) ++;
                   5715: 
                   5716:              /* Emit an insn after the end of the loop to set the biv's
                   5717:                 proper exit value if it is used anywhere outside the loop.  */
                   5718:              if ((regno_last_uid[bl->regno]
                   5719:                   != INSN_UID (PREV_INSN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))))
                   5720:                  || ! bl->init_insn
                   5721:                  || regno_first_uid[bl->regno] != INSN_UID (bl->init_insn))
                   5722:                emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (reg, final_value),
                   5723:                                 loop_end);
                   5724: 
                   5725:              /* Delete compare/branch at end of loop.  */
                   5726:              delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5727:              delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5728: 
                   5729:              /* Add new compare/branch insn at end of loop.  */
                   5730:              start_sequence ();
1.1.1.4 ! root     5731:              emit_cmp_insn (reg, const0_rtx, GE, NULL_RTX,
        !          5732:                             GET_MODE (reg), 0, 0);
1.1       root     5733:              emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (XEXP (jump_label, 0)));
                   5734:              tem = gen_sequence ();
                   5735:              end_sequence ();
                   5736:              emit_jump_insn_before (tem, loop_end);
                   5737: 
                   5738:              for (tem = PREV_INSN (loop_end);
                   5739:                   tem && GET_CODE (tem) != JUMP_INSN; tem = PREV_INSN (tem))
                   5740:                ;
                   5741:              if (tem)
                   5742:                {
                   5743:                  JUMP_LABEL (tem) = XEXP (jump_label, 0);
                   5744: 
                   5745:                  /* Increment of LABEL_NUSES done above. */
                   5746:                  /* Register is now always nonnegative,
                   5747:                     so add REG_NONNEG note to the branch.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     5748:                  REG_NOTES (tem) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
1.1       root     5749:                                             REG_NOTES (tem));
                   5750:                }
                   5751: 
                   5752:              bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5753: 
                   5754:              /* Mark that this biv has been reversed.  Each giv which depends
                   5755:                 on this biv, and which is also live past the end of the loop
                   5756:                 will have to be fixed up.  */
                   5757: 
                   5758:              bl->reversed = 1;
                   5759: 
                   5760:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5761:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   5762:                         "Reversed loop and added reg_nonneg\n");
                   5763: 
                   5764:              return 1;
                   5765:            }
                   5766:        }
                   5767:     }
                   5768: 
                   5769:   return 0;
                   5770: }
                   5771: 
                   5772: /* Verify whether the biv BL appears to be eliminable,
                   5773:    based on the insns in the loop that refer to it.
                   5774:    LOOP_START is the first insn of the loop, and END is the end insn.
                   5775: 
                   5776:    If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
                   5777: 
                   5778:    THRESHOLD and INSN_COUNT are from loop_optimize and are used to
                   5779:    determine whether invariant insns should be placed inside or at the
                   5780:    start of the loop.  */
                   5781: 
                   5782: static int
                   5783: maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, eliminate_p, threshold, insn_count)
                   5784:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5785:      rtx loop_start;
                   5786:      rtx end;
                   5787:      int eliminate_p;
                   5788:      int threshold, insn_count;
                   5789: {
                   5790:   rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5791:   rtx p, set;
                   5792:   struct induction *v;
                   5793: 
                   5794:   /* Scan all insns in the loop, stopping if we find one that uses the
                   5795:      biv in a way that we cannot eliminate.  */
                   5796: 
                   5797:   for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5798:     {
                   5799:       enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (p);
                   5800:       rtx where = threshold >= insn_count ? loop_start : p;
                   5801: 
                   5802:       if ((code == INSN || code == JUMP_INSN || code == CALL_INSN)
                   5803:          && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p))
                   5804:          && ! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (PATTERN (p), p, bl, eliminate_p, where))
                   5805:        {
                   5806:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5807:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   5808:                     "Cannot eliminate biv %d: biv used in insn %d.\n",
                   5809:                     bl->regno, INSN_UID (p));
                   5810:          break;
                   5811:        }
                   5812:     }
                   5813: 
                   5814:   if (p == end)
                   5815:     {
                   5816:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5817:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "biv %d %s eliminated.\n",
                   5818:                 bl->regno, eliminate_p ? "was" : "can be");
                   5819:       return 1;
                   5820:     }
                   5821: 
                   5822:   return 0;
                   5823: }
                   5824: 
                   5825: /* If BL appears in X (part of the pattern of INSN), see if we can
                   5826:    eliminate its use.  If so, return 1.  If not, return 0.
                   5827: 
                   5828:    If BIV does not appear in X, return 1.
                   5829: 
                   5830:    If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.  WHERE indicates
                   5831:    where extra insns should be added.  Depending on how many items have been
                   5832:    moved out of the loop, it will either be before INSN or at the start of
                   5833:    the loop.  */
                   5834: 
                   5835: static int
                   5836: maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (x, insn, bl, eliminate_p, where)
                   5837:      rtx x, insn;
                   5838:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5839:      int eliminate_p;
                   5840:      rtx where;
                   5841: {
                   5842:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   5843:   rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5844:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
                   5845:   struct induction *v;
                   5846:   rtx arg, new, tem;
                   5847:   int arg_operand;
                   5848:   char *fmt;
                   5849:   int i, j;
                   5850: 
                   5851:   switch (code)
                   5852:     {
                   5853:     case REG:
                   5854:       /* If we haven't already been able to do something with this BIV,
                   5855:         we can't eliminate it.  */
                   5856:       if (x == reg)
                   5857:        return 0;
                   5858:       return 1;
                   5859: 
                   5860:     case SET:
                   5861:       /* If this sets the BIV, it is not a problem.  */
                   5862:       if (SET_DEST (x) == reg)
                   5863:        return 1;
                   5864: 
                   5865:       /* If this is an insn that defines a giv, it is also ok because
                   5866:         it will go away when the giv is reduced.  */
                   5867:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5868:        if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG && SET_DEST (x) == v->dest_reg)
                   5869:          return 1;
                   5870: 
                   5871: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   5872:       if (SET_DEST (x) == cc0_rtx && SET_SRC (x) == reg)
                   5873:        {
                   5874:          /* Can replace with any giv that was reduced and
                   5875:             that has (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL == 0).
                   5876:             Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.  */
                   5877: 
                   5878:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5879:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
                   5880:                && v->add_val == const0_rtx
                   5881:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5882:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5883:              {
                   5884:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5885:                  return 1;
                   5886: 
                   5887:                /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
                   5888:                   then reverse the comparison.  */
                   5889:                if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
                   5890:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, GET_MODE (v->new_reg),
                   5891:                                 const0_rtx, v->new_reg);
                   5892:                else
                   5893:                  new = v->new_reg;
                   5894: 
                   5895:                /* We can probably test that giv's reduced reg.  */
                   5896:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (x), new, 0))
                   5897:                  return 1;
                   5898:              }
                   5899: 
                   5900:          /* Look for a giv with (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL != 0);
                   5901:             replace test insn with a compare insn (cmp REDUCED_GIV ADD_VAL).
                   5902:             Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.  */
                   5903: 
                   5904:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5905:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
                   5906:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5907:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5908:              {
                   5909:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5910:                  return 1;
                   5911: 
                   5912:                /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
                   5913:                   then reverse the comparison.  */
                   5914:                if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
                   5915:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode, copy_rtx (v->add_val),
                   5916:                                 v->new_reg);
                   5917:                else
                   5918:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode, v->new_reg,
                   5919:                                 copy_rtx (v->add_val));
                   5920: 
                   5921:                /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced register.  */
                   5922:                update_reg_last_use (v->add_val, insn);
                   5923:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), new, 0))
                   5924:                  return 1;
                   5925: 
                   5926:                /* Insn doesn't support that constant or invariant.  Copy it
                   5927:                   into a register (it will be a loop invariant.)  */
                   5928:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (v->new_reg));
                   5929: 
                   5930:                emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem, copy_rtx (v->add_val)),
                   5931:                                  where);
                   5932: 
                   5933:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)),
                   5934:                                     gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode,
                   5935:                                              v->new_reg, tem), 0))
                   5936:                  return 1;
                   5937:              }
                   5938:        }
                   5939: #endif
                   5940:       break;
                   5941: 
                   5942:     case COMPARE:
                   5943:     case EQ:  case NE:
                   5944:     case GT:  case GE:  case GTU:  case GEU:
                   5945:     case LT:  case LE:  case LTU:  case LEU:
                   5946:       /* See if either argument is the biv.  */
                   5947:       if (XEXP (x, 0) == reg)
                   5948:        arg = XEXP (x, 1), arg_operand = 1;
                   5949:       else if (XEXP (x, 1) == reg)
                   5950:        arg = XEXP (x, 0), arg_operand = 0;
                   5951:       else
                   5952:        break;
                   5953: 
                   5954:       if (CONSTANT_P (arg))
                   5955:        {
                   5956:          /* First try to replace with any giv that has constant positive
                   5957:             mult_val and constant add_val.  We might be able to support
                   5958:             negative mult_val, but it seems complex to do it in general.  */
                   5959: 
                   5960:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5961:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
                   5962:                && CONSTANT_P (v->add_val)
                   5963:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5964:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5965:              {
                   5966:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5967:                  return 1;
                   5968: 
                   5969:                /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced reg.  */
                   5970:                XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
                   5971: 
                   5972:                /* If all constants are actually constant integers and
                   5973:                   the derived constant can be directly placed in the COMPARE,
                   5974:                   do so.  */
                   5975:                if (GET_CODE (arg) == CONST_INT
                   5976:                    && GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
                   5977:                    && GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST_INT
                   5978:                    && validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand),
1.1.1.4 ! root     5979:                                        GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg)
        !          5980:                                                 * INTVAL (v->mult_val)
        !          5981:                                                 + INTVAL (v->add_val)), 0))
1.1       root     5982:                  return 1;
                   5983: 
                   5984:                /* Otherwise, load it into a register.  */
                   5985:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   5986:                emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
                   5987:                if (validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 0))
                   5988:                  return 1;
                   5989: 
                   5990:                /* If that failed, put back the change we made above.  */
                   5991:                XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = reg;
                   5992:              }
                   5993:          
                   5994:          /* Look for giv with positive constant mult_val and nonconst add_val.
                   5995:             Insert insns to calculate new compare value.  */
                   5996: 
                   5997:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
1.1.1.2   root     5998:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
1.1       root     5999:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   6000:                && v->mode == mode)
                   6001:              {
                   6002:                rtx tem;
                   6003: 
                   6004:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   6005:                  return 1;
                   6006: 
                   6007:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   6008: 
                   6009:                /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register.  */
                   6010:                validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
                   6011:                                 v->new_reg, 1);
                   6012: 
                   6013:                /* Compute value to compare against.  */
                   6014:                emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
                   6015:                /* Use it in this insn.  */
                   6016:                validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
                   6017:                if (apply_change_group ())
                   6018:                  return 1;
                   6019:              }
                   6020:        }
                   6021:       else if (GET_CODE (arg) == REG || GET_CODE (arg) == MEM)
                   6022:        {
                   6023:          if (invariant_p (arg) == 1)
                   6024:            {
                   6025:              /* Look for giv with constant positive mult_val and nonconst
                   6026:                 add_val. Insert insns to compute new compare value.  */
                   6027: 
                   6028:              for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   6029:                if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
                   6030:                    && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   6031:                    && v->mode == mode)
                   6032:                  {
                   6033:                    rtx tem;
                   6034: 
                   6035:                    if (! eliminate_p)
                   6036:                      return 1;
                   6037: 
                   6038:                    tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   6039: 
                   6040:                    /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register.  */
                   6041:                    validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
                   6042:                                     v->new_reg, 1);
                   6043: 
                   6044:                    /* Compute value to compare against.  */
                   6045:                    emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val,
                   6046:                                      tem, where);
                   6047:                    validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
                   6048:                    if (apply_change_group ())
                   6049:                      return 1;
                   6050:                  }
                   6051:            }
                   6052: 
                   6053:          /* This code has problems.  Basically, you can't know when
                   6054:             seeing if we will eliminate BL, whether a particular giv
                   6055:             of ARG will be reduced.  If it isn't going to be reduced,
                   6056:             we can't eliminate BL.  We can try forcing it to be reduced,
                   6057:             but that can generate poor code.
                   6058: 
                   6059:             The problem is that the benefit of reducing TV, below should
                   6060:             be increased if BL can actually be eliminated, but this means
                   6061:             we might have to do a topological sort of the order in which
                   6062:             we try to process biv.  It doesn't seem worthwhile to do
                   6063:             this sort of thing now.  */
                   6064: 
                   6065: #if 0
                   6066:          /* Otherwise the reg compared with had better be a biv.  */
                   6067:          if (GET_CODE (arg) != REG
                   6068:              || reg_iv_type[REGNO (arg)] != BASIC_INDUCT)
                   6069:            return 0;
                   6070: 
                   6071:          /* Look for a pair of givs, one for each biv,
                   6072:             with identical coefficients.  */
                   6073:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   6074:            {
                   6075:              struct induction *tv;
                   6076: 
                   6077:              if (v->ignore || v->maybe_dead || v->mode != mode)
                   6078:                continue;
                   6079: 
                   6080:              for (tv = reg_biv_class[REGNO (arg)]->giv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   6081:                if (! tv->ignore && ! tv->maybe_dead
                   6082:                    && rtx_equal_p (tv->mult_val, v->mult_val)
                   6083:                    && rtx_equal_p (tv->add_val, v->add_val)
                   6084:                    && tv->mode == mode)
                   6085:                  {
                   6086:                    if (! eliminate_p)
                   6087:                      return 1;
                   6088: 
                   6089:                    /* Replace biv with its giv's reduced reg.  */
                   6090:                    XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
                   6091:                    /* Replace other operand with the other giv's
                   6092:                       reduced reg.  */
                   6093:                    XEXP (x, arg_operand) = tv->new_reg;
                   6094:                    return 1;
                   6095:                  }
                   6096:            }
                   6097: #endif
                   6098:        }
                   6099: 
                   6100:       /* If we get here, the biv can't be eliminated.  */
                   6101:       return 0;
                   6102: 
                   6103:     case MEM:
                   6104:       /* If this address is a DEST_ADDR giv, it doesn't matter if the
                   6105:         biv is used in it, since it will be replaced.  */
                   6106:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   6107:        if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR && v->location == &XEXP (x, 0))
                   6108:          return 1;
                   6109:       break;
                   6110:     }
                   6111: 
                   6112:   /* See if any subexpression fails elimination.  */
                   6113:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   6114:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   6115:     {
                   6116:       switch (fmt[i])
                   6117:        {
                   6118:        case 'e':
                   6119:          if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XEXP (x, i), insn, bl, 
                   6120:                                       eliminate_p, where))
                   6121:            return 0;
                   6122:          break;
                   6123: 
                   6124:        case 'E':
                   6125:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   6126:            if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, bl,
                   6127:                                         eliminate_p, where))
                   6128:              return 0;
                   6129:          break;
                   6130:        }
                   6131:     }
                   6132: 
                   6133:   return 1;
                   6134: }  
                   6135: 
                   6136: /* Return nonzero if the last use of REG
                   6137:    is in an insn following INSN in the same basic block.  */
                   6138: 
                   6139: static int
                   6140: last_use_this_basic_block (reg, insn)
                   6141:      rtx reg;
                   6142:      rtx insn;
                   6143: {
                   6144:   rtx n;
                   6145:   for (n = insn;
                   6146:        n && GET_CODE (n) != CODE_LABEL && GET_CODE (n) != JUMP_INSN;
                   6147:        n = NEXT_INSN (n))
                   6148:     {
                   6149:       if (regno_last_uid[REGNO (reg)] == INSN_UID (n))
                   6150:        return 1;
                   6151:     }
                   6152:   return 0;
                   6153: }
                   6154: 
                   6155: /* Called via `note_stores' to record the initial value of a biv.  Here we
                   6156:    just record the location of the set and process it later.  */
                   6157: 
                   6158: static void
                   6159: record_initial (dest, set)
                   6160:      rtx dest;
                   6161:      rtx set;
                   6162: {
                   6163:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   6164: 
                   6165:   if (GET_CODE (dest) != REG
                   6166:       || REGNO (dest) >= max_reg_before_loop
                   6167:       || reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest)] != BASIC_INDUCT)
                   6168:     return;
                   6169: 
                   6170:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest)];
                   6171: 
                   6172:   /* If this is the first set found, record it.  */
                   6173:   if (bl->init_insn == 0)
                   6174:     {
                   6175:       bl->init_insn = note_insn;
                   6176:       bl->init_set = set;
                   6177:     }
                   6178: }
                   6179: 
                   6180: /* If any of the registers in X are "old" and currently have a last use earlier
                   6181:    than INSN, update them to have a last use of INSN.  Their actual last use
                   6182:    will be the previous insn but it will not have a valid uid_luid so we can't
                   6183:    use it.  */
                   6184: 
                   6185: static void
                   6186: update_reg_last_use (x, insn)
                   6187:      rtx x;
                   6188:      rtx insn;
                   6189: {
                   6190:   /* Check for the case where INSN does not have a valid luid.  In this case,
                   6191:      there is no need to modify the regno_last_uid, as this can only happen
                   6192:      when code is inserted after the loop_end to set a pseudo's final value,
                   6193:      and hence this insn will never be the last use of x.  */
                   6194:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < max_reg_before_loop
                   6195:       && INSN_UID (insn) < max_uid_for_loop
                   6196:       && uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (x)]] < uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)])
                   6197:     regno_last_uid[REGNO (x)] = INSN_UID (insn);
                   6198:   else
                   6199:     {
                   6200:       register int i, j;
                   6201:       register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
                   6202:       for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   6203:        {
                   6204:          if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   6205:            update_reg_last_use (XEXP (x, i), insn);
                   6206:          else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   6207:            for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   6208:              update_reg_last_use (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn);
                   6209:        }
                   6210:     }
                   6211: }
                   6212: 
                   6213: /* Given a jump insn JUMP, return the condition that will cause it to branch
                   6214:    to its JUMP_LABEL.  If the condition cannot be understood, or is an
                   6215:    inequality floating-point comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will
                   6216:    be returned.
                   6217: 
                   6218:    If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
                   6219:    insn used in locating the condition was found.  If a replacement test
                   6220:    of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
                   6221:    insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid.
                   6222: 
                   6223:    The condition will be returned in a canonical form to simplify testing by
                   6224:    callers.  Specifically:
                   6225: 
                   6226:    (1) The code will always be a comparison operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
                   6227:    (2) Both operands will be machine operands; (cc0) will have been replaced.
                   6228:    (3) If an operand is a constant, it will be the second operand.
                   6229:    (4) (LE x const) will be replaced with (LT x <const+1>) and similarly
                   6230:        for GE, GEU, and LEU.  */
                   6231: 
                   6232: rtx
                   6233: get_condition (jump, earliest)
                   6234:      rtx jump;
                   6235:      rtx *earliest;
                   6236: {
                   6237:   enum rtx_code code;
                   6238:   rtx prev = jump;
                   6239:   rtx set;
                   6240:   rtx tem;
                   6241:   rtx op0, op1;
                   6242:   int reverse_code = 0;
                   6243:   int did_reverse_condition = 0;
                   6244: 
                   6245:   /* If this is not a standard conditional jump, we can't parse it.  */
                   6246:   if (GET_CODE (jump) != JUMP_INSN
                   6247:       || ! condjump_p (jump) || simplejump_p (jump))
                   6248:     return 0;
                   6249: 
                   6250:   code = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0));
                   6251:   op0 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 0);
                   6252:   op1 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 1);
                   6253: 
                   6254:   if (earliest)
                   6255:     *earliest = jump;
                   6256: 
                   6257:   /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false, reverse
                   6258:      the condition.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     6259:   if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 2)) == LABEL_REF
        !          6260:       && XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 2), 0) == JUMP_LABEL (jump))
1.1       root     6261:     code = reverse_condition (code), did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6262: 
                   6263:   /* If we are comparing a register with zero, see if the register is set
                   6264:      in the previous insn to a COMPARE or a comparison operation.  Perform
                   6265:      the same tests as a function of STORE_FLAG_VALUE as find_comparison_args
                   6266:      in cse.c  */
                   6267: 
                   6268:   while (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<' && op1 == const0_rtx)
                   6269:     {
                   6270:       /* Set non-zero when we find something of interest.  */
                   6271:       rtx x = 0;
                   6272: 
                   6273: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   6274:       /* If comparison with cc0, import actual comparison from compare
                   6275:         insn.  */
                   6276:       if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
                   6277:        {
                   6278:          if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
                   6279:              || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
                   6280:              || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0
                   6281:              || SET_DEST (set) != cc0_rtx)
                   6282:            return 0;
                   6283: 
                   6284:          op0 = SET_SRC (set);
                   6285:          op1 = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0));
                   6286:          if (earliest)
                   6287:            *earliest = prev;
                   6288:        }
                   6289: #endif
                   6290: 
                   6291:       /* If this is a COMPARE, pick up the two things being compared.  */
                   6292:       if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE)
                   6293:        {
                   6294:          op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
                   6295:          op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
                   6296:          continue;
                   6297:        }
                   6298:       else if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
                   6299:        break;
                   6300: 
                   6301:       /* Go back to the previous insn.  Stop if it is not an INSN.  We also
                   6302:         stop if it isn't a single set or if it has a REG_INC note because
                   6303:         we don't want to bother dealing with it.  */
                   6304: 
                   6305:       if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
                   6306:          || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
                   6307:          || FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (prev, 0)
                   6308:          || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0)
                   6309:        break;
                   6310: 
                   6311:       /* If this is setting OP0, get what it sets it to if it looks
                   6312:         relevant.  */
                   6313:       if (SET_DEST (set) == op0)
                   6314:        {
                   6315:          enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set));
                   6316: 
                   6317:          if ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == COMPARE
1.1.1.4 ! root     6318:               || (((code == NE
        !          6319:                     || (code == LT
        !          6320:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
        !          6321:                         && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
        !          6322:                             <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
        !          6323:                         && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
        !          6324:                             & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
        !          6325:                                << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
        !          6326: #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
        !          6327:                     || (code == LT
        !          6328:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
        !          6329:                         && FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE < 0)
        !          6330: #endif
        !          6331:                     ))
1.1       root     6332:                   && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<')))
                   6333:            x = SET_SRC (set);
1.1.1.4 ! root     6334:          else if (((code == EQ
        !          6335:                     || (code == GE
        !          6336:                         && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
        !          6337:                             <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
        !          6338:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
        !          6339:                         && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
        !          6340:                             & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
        !          6341:                                << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
        !          6342: #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
        !          6343:                     || (code == GE
        !          6344:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
        !          6345:                         && FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE < 0)
        !          6346: #endif
        !          6347:                     ))
1.1       root     6348:                   && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<')
                   6349:            {
                   6350:              /* We might have reversed a LT to get a GE here.  But this wasn't
                   6351:                 actually the comparison of data, so we don't flag that we
                   6352:                 have had to reverse the condition.  */
                   6353:              did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6354:              reverse_code = 1;
                   6355:              x = SET_SRC (set);
                   6356:            }
                   6357:        }
                   6358: 
                   6359:       else if (reg_set_p (op0, prev))
                   6360:        /* If this sets OP0, but not directly, we have to give up.  */
                   6361:        break;
                   6362: 
                   6363:       if (x)
                   6364:        {
                   6365:          if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '<')
                   6366:            code = GET_CODE (x);
                   6367:          if (reverse_code)
                   6368:            {
                   6369:              code = reverse_condition (code);
                   6370:              did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6371:              reverse_code = 0;
                   6372:            }
                   6373: 
                   6374:          op0 = XEXP (x, 0), op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
                   6375:          if (earliest)
                   6376:            *earliest = prev;
                   6377:        }
                   6378:     }
                   6379: 
                   6380:   /* If constant is first, put it last.  */
                   6381:   if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
                   6382:     code = swap_condition (code), tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
                   6383: 
                   6384:   /* If OP0 is the result of a comparison, we weren't able to find what
                   6385:      was really being compared, so fail.  */
                   6386:   if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC)
                   6387:     return 0;
                   6388: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     6389:   /* Canonicalize any ordered comparison with integers involving equality
        !          6390:      if we can do computations in the relevant mode and we do not
        !          6391:      overflow.  */
        !          6392: 
        !          6393:   if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
        !          6394:       && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
        !          6395:       && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
        !          6396:     {
        !          6397:       HOST_WIDE_INT const_val = INTVAL (op1);
        !          6398:       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT uconst_val = const_val;
        !          6399:       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_val
        !          6400:        = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0));
1.1       root     6401: 
                   6402:       switch (code)
1.1.1.4 ! root     6403:        {
        !          6404:        case LE:
        !          6405:          if (const_val != max_val >> 1)
        !          6406:            code = LT,  op1 = GEN_INT (const_val + 1);
        !          6407:          break;
1.1       root     6408: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     6409:        case GE:
        !          6410:          if (const_val
        !          6411:              != (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
        !          6412:                   << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) - 1))))
        !          6413:            code = GT, op1 = GEN_INT (const_val - 1);
        !          6414:          break;
1.1       root     6415: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     6416:        case LEU:
        !          6417:          if (uconst_val != max_val)
        !          6418:            code = LTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val + 1);
        !          6419:          break;
1.1       root     6420: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     6421:        case GEU:
        !          6422:          if (uconst_val != 0)
        !          6423:            code = GTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val - 1);
        !          6424:          break;
        !          6425:        }
1.1       root     6426:     }
                   6427: 
                   6428:   /* If this was floating-point and we reversed anything other than an
                   6429:      EQ or NE, return zero.  */
                   6430:   if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT == IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
                   6431:       && did_reverse_condition && code != NE && code != EQ
                   6432:       && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_FLOAT)
                   6433:     return 0;
                   6434: 
                   6435: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   6436:   /* Never return CC0; return zero instead.  */
                   6437:   if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
                   6438:     return 0;
                   6439: #endif
                   6440: 
                   6441:   return gen_rtx (code, VOIDmode, op0, op1);
                   6442: }
                   6443: 
                   6444: /* Similar to above routine, except that we also put an invariant last
                   6445:    unless both operands are invariants.  */
                   6446: 
                   6447: rtx
                   6448: get_condition_for_loop (x)
                   6449:      rtx x;
                   6450: {
1.1.1.4 ! root     6451:   rtx comparison = get_condition (x, NULL_PTR);
1.1       root     6452: 
                   6453:   if (comparison == 0
                   6454:       || ! invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 0))
                   6455:       || invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 1)))
                   6456:     return comparison;
                   6457: 
                   6458:   return gen_rtx (swap_condition (GET_CODE (comparison)), VOIDmode,
                   6459:                  XEXP (comparison, 1), XEXP (comparison, 0));
                   6460: }

unix.superglobalmegacorp.com

This archive runs on limited infrastructure. Preserving old code on modern bandwidth. Automated agents are requested to crawl responsibly.